aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen')
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/DetailedRecordsBackend.cpp203
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Error.cpp173
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/JSONBackend.cpp185
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Main.cpp164
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Parser.cpp41
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Record.cpp3069
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/SetTheory.cpp332
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/StringMatcher.cpp155
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.cpp1044
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.h383
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.cpp3931
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.h289
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackend.cpp53
-rw-r--r--contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackendSkeleton.cpp59
14 files changed, 10081 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/DetailedRecordsBackend.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/DetailedRecordsBackend.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..500aa4c78225
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/DetailedRecordsBackend.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+//===- DetailedRecordBackend.cpp - Detailed Records Report -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This Tablegen backend prints a report that includes all the global
+// variables, classes, and records in complete detail. It includes more
+// detail than the default TableGen printer backend.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/FormatVariadic.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SMLoc.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+#include <map>
+#include <memory>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "detailed-records-backend"
+
+#define NL "\n"
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+namespace {
+
+class DetailedRecordsEmitter {
+private:
+ RecordKeeper &Records;
+
+public:
+ DetailedRecordsEmitter(RecordKeeper &RK) : Records(RK) {}
+
+ void run(raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printReportHeading(raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printVariables(raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printClasses(raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printRecords(raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printSectionHeading(StringRef Title, int Count, raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printDefms(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printTemplateArgs(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printSuperclasses(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS);
+ void printFields(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS);
+}; // emitter class
+
+} // anonymous namespace
+
+// Print the report.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::run(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ printReportHeading(OS);
+ printVariables(OS);
+ printClasses(OS);
+ printRecords(OS);
+}
+
+// Print the report heading, including the source file name.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printReportHeading(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ OS << formatv("DETAILED RECORDS for file {0}\n", Records.getInputFilename());
+}
+
+// Print the global variables.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printVariables(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ const auto GlobalList = Records.getGlobals();
+ printSectionHeading("Global Variables", GlobalList.size(), OS);
+
+ OS << NL;
+ for (const auto &Var : GlobalList) {
+ OS << Var.first << " = " << Var.second->getAsString() << NL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Print the classes, including the template arguments, superclasses,
+// and fields.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printClasses(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ const auto &ClassList = Records.getClasses();
+ printSectionHeading("Classes", ClassList.size(), OS);
+
+ for (const auto &ClassPair : ClassList) {
+ auto *const Class = ClassPair.second.get();
+ OS << formatv("\n{0} |{1}|\n", Class->getNameInitAsString(),
+ SrcMgr.getFormattedLocationNoOffset(Class->getLoc().front()));
+ printTemplateArgs(Class, OS);
+ printSuperclasses(Class, OS);
+ printFields(Class, OS);
+ }
+}
+
+// Print the records, including the defm sequences, supercasses,
+// and fields.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printRecords(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ const auto &RecordList = Records.getDefs();
+ printSectionHeading("Records", RecordList.size(), OS);
+
+ for (const auto &RecPair : RecordList) {
+ auto *const Rec = RecPair.second.get();
+ std::string Name = Rec->getNameInitAsString();
+ OS << formatv("\n{0} |{1}|\n", Name.empty() ? "\"\"" : Name,
+ SrcMgr.getFormattedLocationNoOffset(Rec->getLoc().front()));
+ printDefms(Rec, OS);
+ printSuperclasses(Rec, OS);
+ printFields(Rec, OS);
+ }
+}
+
+// Print a section heading with the name of the section and
+// the item count.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printSectionHeading(StringRef Title, int Count,
+ raw_ostream &OS) {
+ OS << formatv("\n{0} {1} ({2}) {0}\n", "--------------------", Title, Count);
+}
+
+// Print the record's defm source locations, if any. Note that they
+// are stored in the reverse order of their invocation.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printDefms(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS) {
+ const auto &LocList = Rec->getLoc();
+ if (LocList.size() < 2)
+ return;
+
+ OS << " Defm sequence:";
+ for (unsigned I = LocList.size() - 1; I >= 1; --I) {
+ OS << formatv(" |{0}|", SrcMgr.getFormattedLocationNoOffset(LocList[I]));
+ }
+ OS << NL;
+}
+
+// Print the template arguments of a class.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printTemplateArgs(Record *Rec,
+ raw_ostream &OS) {
+ ArrayRef<Init *> Args = Rec->getTemplateArgs();
+ if (Args.empty()) {
+ OS << " Template args: (none)\n";
+ return;
+ }
+
+ OS << " Template args:\n";
+ for (const Init *ArgName : Args) {
+ const RecordVal *Value = Rec->getValue(ArgName);
+ assert(Value && "Template argument value not found.");
+ OS << " ";
+ Value->print(OS, false);
+ OS << formatv(" |{0}|", SrcMgr.getFormattedLocationNoOffset(Value->getLoc()));
+ OS << NL;
+ }
+}
+
+// Print the superclasses of a class or record. Indirect superclasses
+// are enclosed in parentheses.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printSuperclasses(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS) {
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> Superclasses = Rec->getSuperClasses();
+ if (Superclasses.empty()) {
+ OS << " Superclasses: (none)\n";
+ return;
+ }
+
+ OS << " Superclasses:";
+ for (const auto &SuperclassPair : Superclasses) {
+ auto *ClassRec = SuperclassPair.first;
+ if (Rec->hasDirectSuperClass(ClassRec))
+ OS << formatv(" {0}", ClassRec->getNameInitAsString());
+ else
+ OS << formatv(" ({0})", ClassRec->getNameInitAsString());
+ }
+ OS << NL;
+}
+
+// Print the fields of a class or record, including their source locations.
+void DetailedRecordsEmitter::printFields(Record *Rec, raw_ostream &OS) {
+ const auto &ValueList = Rec->getValues();
+ if (ValueList.empty()) {
+ OS << " Fields: (none)\n";
+ return;
+ }
+
+ OS << " Fields:\n";
+ for (const RecordVal &Value : ValueList)
+ if (!Rec->isTemplateArg(Value.getNameInit())) {
+ OS << " ";
+ Value.print(OS, false);
+ OS << formatv(" |{0}|\n",
+ SrcMgr.getFormattedLocationNoOffset(Value.getLoc()));
+ }
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// This function is called by TableGen after parsing the files.
+
+void EmitDetailedRecords(RecordKeeper &RK, raw_ostream &OS) {
+ // Instantiate the emitter class and invoke run().
+ DetailedRecordsEmitter(RK).run(OS);
+}
+
+} // namespace llvm
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Error.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Error.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ebe9129ebaeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Error.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+//===- Error.cpp - tblgen error handling helper routines --------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file contains error handling helper routines to pretty-print diagnostic
+// messages from tblgen.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Signals.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/WithColor.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+SourceMgr SrcMgr;
+unsigned ErrorsPrinted = 0;
+
+static void PrintMessage(ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc, SourceMgr::DiagKind Kind,
+ const Twine &Msg) {
+ // Count the total number of errors printed.
+ // This is used to exit with an error code if there were any errors.
+ if (Kind == SourceMgr::DK_Error)
+ ++ErrorsPrinted;
+
+ SMLoc NullLoc;
+ if (Loc.empty())
+ Loc = NullLoc;
+ SrcMgr.PrintMessage(Loc.front(), Kind, Msg);
+ for (unsigned i = 1; i < Loc.size(); ++i)
+ SrcMgr.PrintMessage(Loc[i], SourceMgr::DK_Note,
+ "instantiated from multiclass");
+}
+
+// Functions to print notes.
+
+void PrintNote(const Twine &Msg) {
+ WithColor::note() << Msg << "\n";
+}
+
+void PrintNote(ArrayRef<SMLoc> NoteLoc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintMessage(NoteLoc, SourceMgr::DK_Note, Msg);
+}
+
+// Functions to print fatal notes.
+
+void PrintFatalNote(const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintNote(Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+void PrintFatalNote(ArrayRef<SMLoc> NoteLoc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintNote(NoteLoc, Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+// This method takes a Record and uses the source location
+// stored in it.
+void PrintFatalNote(const Record *Rec, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintNote(Rec->getLoc(), Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+// This method takes a RecordVal and uses the source location
+// stored in it.
+void PrintFatalNote(const RecordVal *RecVal, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintNote(RecVal->getLoc(), Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+// Functions to print warnings.
+
+void PrintWarning(const Twine &Msg) { WithColor::warning() << Msg << "\n"; }
+
+void PrintWarning(ArrayRef<SMLoc> WarningLoc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintMessage(WarningLoc, SourceMgr::DK_Warning, Msg);
+}
+
+void PrintWarning(const char *Loc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ SrcMgr.PrintMessage(SMLoc::getFromPointer(Loc), SourceMgr::DK_Warning, Msg);
+}
+
+// Functions to print errors.
+
+void PrintError(const Twine &Msg) { WithColor::error() << Msg << "\n"; }
+
+void PrintError(ArrayRef<SMLoc> ErrorLoc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintMessage(ErrorLoc, SourceMgr::DK_Error, Msg);
+}
+
+void PrintError(const char *Loc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ SrcMgr.PrintMessage(SMLoc::getFromPointer(Loc), SourceMgr::DK_Error, Msg);
+}
+
+// This method takes a Record and uses the source location
+// stored in it.
+void PrintError(const Record *Rec, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintMessage(Rec->getLoc(), SourceMgr::DK_Error, Msg);
+}
+
+// This method takes a RecordVal and uses the source location
+// stored in it.
+void PrintError(const RecordVal *RecVal, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintMessage(RecVal->getLoc(), SourceMgr::DK_Error, Msg);
+}
+
+// Functions to print fatal errors.
+
+void PrintFatalError(const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintError(Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+void PrintFatalError(ArrayRef<SMLoc> ErrorLoc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintError(ErrorLoc, Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+// This method takes a Record and uses the source location
+// stored in it.
+void PrintFatalError(const Record *Rec, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintError(Rec->getLoc(), Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+// This method takes a RecordVal and uses the source location
+// stored in it.
+void PrintFatalError(const RecordVal *RecVal, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintError(RecVal->getLoc(), Msg);
+ // The following call runs the file cleanup handlers.
+ sys::RunInterruptHandlers();
+ std::exit(1);
+}
+
+// Check an assertion: Obtain the condition value and be sure it is true.
+// If not, print a nonfatal error along with the message.
+void CheckAssert(SMLoc Loc, Init *Condition, Init *Message) {
+ auto *CondValue = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(Condition->convertInitializerTo(
+ IntRecTy::get(Condition->getRecordKeeper())));
+ if (!CondValue)
+ PrintError(Loc, "assert condition must of type bit, bits, or int.");
+ else if (!CondValue->getValue()) {
+ PrintError(Loc, "assertion failed");
+ if (auto *MessageInit = dyn_cast<StringInit>(Message))
+ PrintNote(MessageInit->getValue());
+ else
+ PrintNote("(assert message is not a string)");
+ }
+}
+
+} // end namespace llvm
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/JSONBackend.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/JSONBackend.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a9dc30d7f59b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/JSONBackend.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+//===- JSONBackend.cpp - Generate a JSON dump of all records. -*- C++ -*-=====//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This TableGen back end generates a machine-readable representation
+// of all the classes and records defined by the input, in JSON format.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/JSON.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "json-emitter"
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+namespace {
+
+class JSONEmitter {
+private:
+ RecordKeeper &Records;
+
+ json::Value translateInit(const Init &I);
+
+public:
+ JSONEmitter(RecordKeeper &R);
+
+ void run(raw_ostream &OS);
+};
+
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+JSONEmitter::JSONEmitter(RecordKeeper &R) : Records(R) {}
+
+json::Value JSONEmitter::translateInit(const Init &I) {
+
+ // Init subclasses that we return as JSON primitive values of one
+ // kind or another.
+
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(&I)) {
+ return nullptr;
+ } else if (auto *Bit = dyn_cast<BitInit>(&I)) {
+ return Bit->getValue() ? 1 : 0;
+ } else if (auto *Bits = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(&I)) {
+ json::Array array;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, limit = Bits->getNumBits(); i < limit; i++)
+ array.push_back(translateInit(*Bits->getBit(i)));
+ return std::move(array);
+ } else if (auto *Int = dyn_cast<IntInit>(&I)) {
+ return Int->getValue();
+ } else if (auto *Str = dyn_cast<StringInit>(&I)) {
+ return Str->getValue();
+ } else if (auto *List = dyn_cast<ListInit>(&I)) {
+ json::Array array;
+ for (auto *val : *List)
+ array.push_back(translateInit(*val));
+ return std::move(array);
+ }
+
+ // Init subclasses that we return as JSON objects containing a
+ // 'kind' discriminator. For these, we also provide the same
+ // translation back into TableGen input syntax that -print-records
+ // would give.
+
+ json::Object obj;
+ obj["printable"] = I.getAsString();
+
+ if (auto *Def = dyn_cast<DefInit>(&I)) {
+ obj["kind"] = "def";
+ obj["def"] = Def->getDef()->getName();
+ return std::move(obj);
+ } else if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarInit>(&I)) {
+ obj["kind"] = "var";
+ obj["var"] = Var->getName();
+ return std::move(obj);
+ } else if (auto *VarBit = dyn_cast<VarBitInit>(&I)) {
+ if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarInit>(VarBit->getBitVar())) {
+ obj["kind"] = "varbit";
+ obj["var"] = Var->getName();
+ obj["index"] = VarBit->getBitNum();
+ return std::move(obj);
+ }
+ } else if (auto *Dag = dyn_cast<DagInit>(&I)) {
+ obj["kind"] = "dag";
+ obj["operator"] = translateInit(*Dag->getOperator());
+ if (auto name = Dag->getName())
+ obj["name"] = name->getAsUnquotedString();
+ json::Array args;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, limit = Dag->getNumArgs(); i < limit; ++i) {
+ json::Array arg;
+ arg.push_back(translateInit(*Dag->getArg(i)));
+ if (auto argname = Dag->getArgName(i))
+ arg.push_back(argname->getAsUnquotedString());
+ else
+ arg.push_back(nullptr);
+ args.push_back(std::move(arg));
+ }
+ obj["args"] = std::move(args);
+ return std::move(obj);
+ }
+
+ // Final fallback: anything that gets past here is simply given a
+ // kind field of 'complex', and the only other field is the standard
+ // 'printable' representation.
+
+ assert(!I.isConcrete());
+ obj["kind"] = "complex";
+ return std::move(obj);
+}
+
+void JSONEmitter::run(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ json::Object root;
+
+ root["!tablegen_json_version"] = 1;
+
+ // Prepare the arrays that will list the instances of every class.
+ // We mostly fill those in by iterating over the superclasses of
+ // each def, but we also want to ensure we store an empty list for a
+ // class with no instances at all, so we do a preliminary iteration
+ // over the classes, invoking std::map::operator[] to default-
+ // construct the array for each one.
+ std::map<std::string, json::Array> instance_lists;
+ for (const auto &C : Records.getClasses()) {
+ const auto Name = C.second->getNameInitAsString();
+ (void)instance_lists[Name];
+ }
+
+ // Main iteration over the defs.
+ for (const auto &D : Records.getDefs()) {
+ const auto Name = D.second->getNameInitAsString();
+ auto &Def = *D.second;
+
+ json::Object obj;
+ json::Array fields;
+
+ for (const RecordVal &RV : Def.getValues()) {
+ if (!Def.isTemplateArg(RV.getNameInit())) {
+ auto Name = RV.getNameInitAsString();
+ if (RV.isNonconcreteOK())
+ fields.push_back(Name);
+ obj[Name] = translateInit(*RV.getValue());
+ }
+ }
+
+ obj["!fields"] = std::move(fields);
+
+ json::Array superclasses;
+ for (const auto &SuperPair : Def.getSuperClasses())
+ superclasses.push_back(SuperPair.first->getNameInitAsString());
+ obj["!superclasses"] = std::move(superclasses);
+
+ obj["!name"] = Name;
+ obj["!anonymous"] = Def.isAnonymous();
+
+ root[Name] = std::move(obj);
+
+ // Add this def to the instance list for each of its superclasses.
+ for (const auto &SuperPair : Def.getSuperClasses()) {
+ auto SuperName = SuperPair.first->getNameInitAsString();
+ instance_lists[SuperName].push_back(Name);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Make a JSON object from the std::map of instance lists.
+ json::Object instanceof;
+ for (auto kv: instance_lists)
+ instanceof[kv.first] = std::move(kv.second);
+ root["!instanceof"] = std::move(instanceof);
+
+ // Done. Write the output.
+ OS << json::Value(std::move(root)) << "\n";
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+void EmitJSON(RecordKeeper &RK, raw_ostream &OS) { JSONEmitter(RK).run(OS); }
+} // end namespace llvm
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Main.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Main.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1d5f130737ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+//===- Main.cpp - Top-Level TableGen implementation -----------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// TableGen is a tool which can be used to build up a description of something,
+// then invoke one or more "tablegen backends" to emit information about the
+// description in some predefined format. In practice, this is used by the LLVM
+// code generators to automate generation of a code generator through a
+// high-level description of the target.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Main.h"
+#include "TGParser.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ToolOutputFile.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <system_error>
+using namespace llvm;
+
+static cl::opt<std::string>
+OutputFilename("o", cl::desc("Output filename"), cl::value_desc("filename"),
+ cl::init("-"));
+
+static cl::opt<std::string>
+DependFilename("d",
+ cl::desc("Dependency filename"),
+ cl::value_desc("filename"),
+ cl::init(""));
+
+static cl::opt<std::string>
+InputFilename(cl::Positional, cl::desc("<input file>"), cl::init("-"));
+
+static cl::list<std::string>
+IncludeDirs("I", cl::desc("Directory of include files"),
+ cl::value_desc("directory"), cl::Prefix);
+
+static cl::list<std::string>
+MacroNames("D", cl::desc("Name of the macro to be defined"),
+ cl::value_desc("macro name"), cl::Prefix);
+
+static cl::opt<bool>
+WriteIfChanged("write-if-changed", cl::desc("Only write output if it changed"));
+
+static cl::opt<bool>
+TimePhases("time-phases", cl::desc("Time phases of parser and backend"));
+
+static cl::opt<bool> NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs(
+ "no-warn-on-unused-template-args",
+ cl::desc("Disable unused template argument warnings."));
+
+static int reportError(const char *ProgName, Twine Msg) {
+ errs() << ProgName << ": " << Msg;
+ errs().flush();
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/// Create a dependency file for `-d` option.
+///
+/// This functionality is really only for the benefit of the build system.
+/// It is similar to GCC's `-M*` family of options.
+static int createDependencyFile(const TGParser &Parser, const char *argv0) {
+ if (OutputFilename == "-")
+ return reportError(argv0, "the option -d must be used together with -o\n");
+
+ std::error_code EC;
+ ToolOutputFile DepOut(DependFilename, EC, sys::fs::OF_Text);
+ if (EC)
+ return reportError(argv0, "error opening " + DependFilename + ":" +
+ EC.message() + "\n");
+ DepOut.os() << OutputFilename << ":";
+ for (const auto &Dep : Parser.getDependencies()) {
+ DepOut.os() << ' ' << Dep;
+ }
+ DepOut.os() << "\n";
+ DepOut.keep();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int llvm::TableGenMain(const char *argv0, TableGenMainFn *MainFn) {
+ RecordKeeper Records;
+
+ if (TimePhases)
+ Records.startPhaseTiming();
+
+ // Parse the input file.
+
+ Records.startTimer("Parse, build records");
+ ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>> FileOrErr =
+ MemoryBuffer::getFileOrSTDIN(InputFilename, /*IsText=*/true);
+ if (std::error_code EC = FileOrErr.getError())
+ return reportError(argv0, "Could not open input file '" + InputFilename +
+ "': " + EC.message() + "\n");
+
+ Records.saveInputFilename(InputFilename);
+
+ // Tell SrcMgr about this buffer, which is what TGParser will pick up.
+ SrcMgr.AddNewSourceBuffer(std::move(*FileOrErr), SMLoc());
+
+ // Record the location of the include directory so that the lexer can find
+ // it later.
+ SrcMgr.setIncludeDirs(IncludeDirs);
+
+ TGParser Parser(SrcMgr, MacroNames, Records, NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs);
+
+ if (Parser.ParseFile())
+ return 1;
+ Records.stopTimer();
+
+ // Write output to memory.
+ Records.startBackendTimer("Backend overall");
+ std::string OutString;
+ raw_string_ostream Out(OutString);
+ unsigned status = MainFn(Out, Records);
+ Records.stopBackendTimer();
+ if (status)
+ return 1;
+
+ // Always write the depfile, even if the main output hasn't changed.
+ // If it's missing, Ninja considers the output dirty. If this was below
+ // the early exit below and someone deleted the .inc.d file but not the .inc
+ // file, tablegen would never write the depfile.
+ if (!DependFilename.empty()) {
+ if (int Ret = createDependencyFile(Parser, argv0))
+ return Ret;
+ }
+
+ Records.startTimer("Write output");
+ bool WriteFile = true;
+ if (WriteIfChanged) {
+ // Only updates the real output file if there are any differences.
+ // This prevents recompilation of all the files depending on it if there
+ // aren't any.
+ if (auto ExistingOrErr =
+ MemoryBuffer::getFile(OutputFilename, /*IsText=*/true))
+ if (std::move(ExistingOrErr.get())->getBuffer() == Out.str())
+ WriteFile = false;
+ }
+ if (WriteFile) {
+ std::error_code EC;
+ ToolOutputFile OutFile(OutputFilename, EC, sys::fs::OF_Text);
+ if (EC)
+ return reportError(argv0, "error opening " + OutputFilename + ": " +
+ EC.message() + "\n");
+ OutFile.os() << Out.str();
+ if (ErrorsPrinted == 0)
+ OutFile.keep();
+ }
+
+ Records.stopTimer();
+ Records.stopPhaseTiming();
+
+ if (ErrorsPrinted > 0)
+ return reportError(argv0, Twine(ErrorsPrinted) + " errors.\n");
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Parser.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Parser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..73a336292412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Parser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+//===- Parser.cpp - Top-Level TableGen Parser implementation --------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Parser.h"
+#include "TGParser.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+bool llvm::TableGenParseFile(SourceMgr &InputSrcMgr, RecordKeeper &Records) {
+ // Initialize the global TableGen source manager by temporarily taking control
+ // of the input buffer in `SrcMgr`. This is kind of a hack, but allows for
+ // preserving TableGen's current awkward diagnostic behavior. If we can remove
+ // this reliance, we could drop all of this.
+ SrcMgr = SourceMgr();
+ SrcMgr.takeSourceBuffersFrom(InputSrcMgr);
+ SrcMgr.setIncludeDirs(InputSrcMgr.getIncludeDirs());
+ SrcMgr.setDiagHandler(InputSrcMgr.getDiagHandler(),
+ InputSrcMgr.getDiagContext());
+
+ // Setup the record keeper and try to parse the file.
+ auto *MainFileBuffer = SrcMgr.getMemoryBuffer(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
+ Records.saveInputFilename(MainFileBuffer->getBufferIdentifier().str());
+
+ TGParser Parser(SrcMgr, /*Macros=*/std::nullopt, Records,
+ /*NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs=*/false,
+ /*TrackReferenceLocs=*/true);
+ bool ParseResult = Parser.ParseFile();
+
+ // After parsing, reclaim the source manager buffers from TableGen's global
+ // manager.
+ InputSrcMgr.takeSourceBuffersFrom(SrcMgr);
+ SrcMgr = SourceMgr();
+ return ParseResult;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Record.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Record.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9ea68e2eca51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/Record.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3069 @@
+//===- Record.cpp - Record implementation ---------------------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Implement the tablegen record classes.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SMLoc.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <map>
+#include <memory>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "tblgen-records"
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Context
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace llvm {
+namespace detail {
+/// This class represents the internal implementation of the RecordKeeper.
+/// It contains all of the contextual static state of the Record classes. It is
+/// kept out-of-line to simplify dependencies, and also make it easier for
+/// internal classes to access the uniquer state of the keeper.
+struct RecordKeeperImpl {
+ RecordKeeperImpl(RecordKeeper &RK)
+ : SharedBitRecTy(RK), SharedIntRecTy(RK), SharedStringRecTy(RK),
+ SharedDagRecTy(RK), AnyRecord(RK, 0), TheUnsetInit(RK),
+ TrueBitInit(true, &SharedBitRecTy),
+ FalseBitInit(false, &SharedBitRecTy), StringInitStringPool(Allocator),
+ StringInitCodePool(Allocator), AnonCounter(0), LastRecordID(0) {}
+
+ BumpPtrAllocator Allocator;
+ std::vector<BitsRecTy *> SharedBitsRecTys;
+ BitRecTy SharedBitRecTy;
+ IntRecTy SharedIntRecTy;
+ StringRecTy SharedStringRecTy;
+ DagRecTy SharedDagRecTy;
+
+ RecordRecTy AnyRecord;
+ UnsetInit TheUnsetInit;
+ BitInit TrueBitInit;
+ BitInit FalseBitInit;
+
+ FoldingSet<BitsInit> TheBitsInitPool;
+ std::map<int64_t, IntInit *> TheIntInitPool;
+ StringMap<StringInit *, BumpPtrAllocator &> StringInitStringPool;
+ StringMap<StringInit *, BumpPtrAllocator &> StringInitCodePool;
+ FoldingSet<ListInit> TheListInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<UnOpInit> TheUnOpInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<BinOpInit> TheBinOpInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<TernOpInit> TheTernOpInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<FoldOpInit> TheFoldOpInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<IsAOpInit> TheIsAOpInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<ExistsOpInit> TheExistsOpInitPool;
+ DenseMap<std::pair<RecTy *, Init *>, VarInit *> TheVarInitPool;
+ DenseMap<std::pair<TypedInit *, unsigned>, VarBitInit *> TheVarBitInitPool;
+ DenseMap<std::pair<TypedInit *, unsigned>, VarListElementInit *>
+ TheVarListElementInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<VarDefInit> TheVarDefInitPool;
+ DenseMap<std::pair<Init *, StringInit *>, FieldInit *> TheFieldInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<CondOpInit> TheCondOpInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<DagInit> TheDagInitPool;
+ FoldingSet<RecordRecTy> RecordTypePool;
+
+ unsigned AnonCounter;
+ unsigned LastRecordID;
+};
+} // namespace detail
+} // namespace llvm
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Type implementations
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void RecTy::dump() const { print(errs()); }
+#endif
+
+ListRecTy *RecTy::getListTy() {
+ if (!ListTy)
+ ListTy = new (RK.getImpl().Allocator) ListRecTy(this);
+ return ListTy;
+}
+
+bool RecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ assert(RHS && "NULL pointer");
+ return Kind == RHS->getRecTyKind();
+}
+
+bool RecTy::typeIsA(const RecTy *RHS) const { return this == RHS; }
+
+BitRecTy *BitRecTy::get(RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ return &RK.getImpl().SharedBitRecTy;
+}
+
+bool BitRecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const{
+ if (RecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(RHS) || RHS->getRecTyKind() == IntRecTyKind)
+ return true;
+ if (const BitsRecTy *BitsTy = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(RHS))
+ return BitsTy->getNumBits() == 1;
+ return false;
+}
+
+BitsRecTy *BitsRecTy::get(RecordKeeper &RK, unsigned Sz) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RKImpl = RK.getImpl();
+ if (Sz >= RKImpl.SharedBitsRecTys.size())
+ RKImpl.SharedBitsRecTys.resize(Sz + 1);
+ BitsRecTy *&Ty = RKImpl.SharedBitsRecTys[Sz];
+ if (!Ty)
+ Ty = new (RKImpl.Allocator) BitsRecTy(RK, Sz);
+ return Ty;
+}
+
+std::string BitsRecTy::getAsString() const {
+ return "bits<" + utostr(Size) + ">";
+}
+
+bool BitsRecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ if (RecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(RHS)) //argument and the sender are same type
+ return cast<BitsRecTy>(RHS)->Size == Size;
+ RecTyKind kind = RHS->getRecTyKind();
+ return (kind == BitRecTyKind && Size == 1) || (kind == IntRecTyKind);
+}
+
+bool BitsRecTy::typeIsA(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ if (const BitsRecTy *RHSb = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(RHS))
+ return RHSb->Size == Size;
+ return false;
+}
+
+IntRecTy *IntRecTy::get(RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ return &RK.getImpl().SharedIntRecTy;
+}
+
+bool IntRecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ RecTyKind kind = RHS->getRecTyKind();
+ return kind==BitRecTyKind || kind==BitsRecTyKind || kind==IntRecTyKind;
+}
+
+StringRecTy *StringRecTy::get(RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ return &RK.getImpl().SharedStringRecTy;
+}
+
+std::string StringRecTy::getAsString() const {
+ return "string";
+}
+
+bool StringRecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ RecTyKind Kind = RHS->getRecTyKind();
+ return Kind == StringRecTyKind;
+}
+
+std::string ListRecTy::getAsString() const {
+ return "list<" + ElementTy->getAsString() + ">";
+}
+
+bool ListRecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ if (const auto *ListTy = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(RHS))
+ return ElementTy->typeIsConvertibleTo(ListTy->getElementType());
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ListRecTy::typeIsA(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ if (const ListRecTy *RHSl = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(RHS))
+ return getElementType()->typeIsA(RHSl->getElementType());
+ return false;
+}
+
+DagRecTy *DagRecTy::get(RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ return &RK.getImpl().SharedDagRecTy;
+}
+
+std::string DagRecTy::getAsString() const {
+ return "dag";
+}
+
+static void ProfileRecordRecTy(FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+ ArrayRef<Record *> Classes) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Classes.size());
+ for (Record *R : Classes)
+ ID.AddPointer(R);
+}
+
+RecordRecTy *RecordRecTy::get(RecordKeeper &RK,
+ ArrayRef<Record *> UnsortedClasses) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RKImpl = RK.getImpl();
+ if (UnsortedClasses.empty())
+ return &RKImpl.AnyRecord;
+
+ FoldingSet<RecordRecTy> &ThePool = RKImpl.RecordTypePool;
+
+ SmallVector<Record *, 4> Classes(UnsortedClasses.begin(),
+ UnsortedClasses.end());
+ llvm::sort(Classes, [](Record *LHS, Record *RHS) {
+ return LHS->getNameInitAsString() < RHS->getNameInitAsString();
+ });
+
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileRecordRecTy(ID, Classes);
+
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (RecordRecTy *Ty = ThePool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return Ty;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ // Check for redundancy.
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < Classes.size(); ++i) {
+ for (unsigned j = 0; j < Classes.size(); ++j) {
+ assert(i == j || !Classes[i]->isSubClassOf(Classes[j]));
+ }
+ assert(&Classes[0]->getRecords() == &Classes[i]->getRecords());
+ }
+#endif
+
+ void *Mem = RKImpl.Allocator.Allocate(
+ totalSizeToAlloc<Record *>(Classes.size()), alignof(RecordRecTy));
+ RecordRecTy *Ty = new (Mem) RecordRecTy(RK, Classes.size());
+ std::uninitialized_copy(Classes.begin(), Classes.end(),
+ Ty->getTrailingObjects<Record *>());
+ ThePool.InsertNode(Ty, IP);
+ return Ty;
+}
+RecordRecTy *RecordRecTy::get(Record *Class) {
+ assert(Class && "unexpected null class");
+ return get(Class->getRecords(), Class);
+}
+
+void RecordRecTy::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileRecordRecTy(ID, getClasses());
+}
+
+std::string RecordRecTy::getAsString() const {
+ if (NumClasses == 1)
+ return getClasses()[0]->getNameInitAsString();
+
+ std::string Str = "{";
+ bool First = true;
+ for (Record *R : getClasses()) {
+ if (!First)
+ Str += ", ";
+ First = false;
+ Str += R->getNameInitAsString();
+ }
+ Str += "}";
+ return Str;
+}
+
+bool RecordRecTy::isSubClassOf(Record *Class) const {
+ return llvm::any_of(getClasses(), [Class](Record *MySuperClass) {
+ return MySuperClass == Class ||
+ MySuperClass->isSubClassOf(Class);
+ });
+}
+
+bool RecordRecTy::typeIsConvertibleTo(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ if (this == RHS)
+ return true;
+
+ const RecordRecTy *RTy = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(RHS);
+ if (!RTy)
+ return false;
+
+ return llvm::all_of(RTy->getClasses(), [this](Record *TargetClass) {
+ return isSubClassOf(TargetClass);
+ });
+}
+
+bool RecordRecTy::typeIsA(const RecTy *RHS) const {
+ return typeIsConvertibleTo(RHS);
+}
+
+static RecordRecTy *resolveRecordTypes(RecordRecTy *T1, RecordRecTy *T2) {
+ SmallVector<Record *, 4> CommonSuperClasses;
+ SmallVector<Record *, 4> Stack(T1->classes_begin(), T1->classes_end());
+
+ while (!Stack.empty()) {
+ Record *R = Stack.pop_back_val();
+
+ if (T2->isSubClassOf(R)) {
+ CommonSuperClasses.push_back(R);
+ } else {
+ R->getDirectSuperClasses(Stack);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return RecordRecTy::get(T1->getRecordKeeper(), CommonSuperClasses);
+}
+
+RecTy *llvm::resolveTypes(RecTy *T1, RecTy *T2) {
+ if (T1 == T2)
+ return T1;
+
+ if (RecordRecTy *RecTy1 = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(T1)) {
+ if (RecordRecTy *RecTy2 = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(T2))
+ return resolveRecordTypes(RecTy1, RecTy2);
+ }
+
+ if (T1->typeIsConvertibleTo(T2))
+ return T2;
+ if (T2->typeIsConvertibleTo(T1))
+ return T1;
+
+ if (ListRecTy *ListTy1 = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(T1)) {
+ if (ListRecTy *ListTy2 = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(T2)) {
+ RecTy* NewType = resolveTypes(ListTy1->getElementType(),
+ ListTy2->getElementType());
+ if (NewType)
+ return NewType->getListTy();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Initializer implementations
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+void Init::anchor() {}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void Init::dump() const { return print(errs()); }
+#endif
+
+RecordKeeper &Init::getRecordKeeper() const {
+ if (auto *TyInit = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(this))
+ return TyInit->getType()->getRecordKeeper();
+ return cast<UnsetInit>(this)->getRecordKeeper();
+}
+
+UnsetInit *UnsetInit::get(RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ return &RK.getImpl().TheUnsetInit;
+}
+
+Init *UnsetInit::getCastTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ return const_cast<UnsetInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *UnsetInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ return const_cast<UnsetInit *>(this);
+}
+
+BitInit *BitInit::get(RecordKeeper &RK, bool V) {
+ return V ? &RK.getImpl().TrueBitInit : &RK.getImpl().FalseBitInit;
+}
+
+Init *BitInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (isa<BitRecTy>(Ty))
+ return const_cast<BitInit *>(this);
+
+ if (isa<IntRecTy>(Ty))
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), getValue());
+
+ if (auto *BRT = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ // Can only convert single bit.
+ if (BRT->getNumBits() == 1)
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), const_cast<BitInit *>(this));
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+static void
+ProfileBitsInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ArrayRef<Init *> Range) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Range.size());
+
+ for (Init *I : Range)
+ ID.AddPointer(I);
+}
+
+BitsInit *BitsInit::get(RecordKeeper &RK, ArrayRef<Init *> Range) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileBitsInit(ID, Range);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RKImpl = RK.getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (BitsInit *I = RKImpl.TheBitsInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ void *Mem = RKImpl.Allocator.Allocate(totalSizeToAlloc<Init *>(Range.size()),
+ alignof(BitsInit));
+ BitsInit *I = new (Mem) BitsInit(RK, Range.size());
+ std::uninitialized_copy(Range.begin(), Range.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<Init *>());
+ RKImpl.TheBitsInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void BitsInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileBitsInit(ID, ArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<Init *>(), NumBits));
+}
+
+Init *BitsInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (isa<BitRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ if (getNumBits() != 1) return nullptr; // Only accept if just one bit!
+ return getBit(0);
+ }
+
+ if (auto *BRT = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ // If the number of bits is right, return it. Otherwise we need to expand
+ // or truncate.
+ if (getNumBits() != BRT->getNumBits()) return nullptr;
+ return const_cast<BitsInit *>(this);
+ }
+
+ if (isa<IntRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ int64_t Result = 0;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumBits(); i != e; ++i)
+ if (auto *Bit = dyn_cast<BitInit>(getBit(i)))
+ Result |= static_cast<int64_t>(Bit->getValue()) << i;
+ else
+ return nullptr;
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), Result);
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *
+BitsInit::convertInitializerBitRange(ArrayRef<unsigned> Bits) const {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits(Bits.size());
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Bits.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (Bits[i] >= getNumBits())
+ return nullptr;
+ NewBits[i] = getBit(Bits[i]);
+ }
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), NewBits);
+}
+
+bool BitsInit::isConcrete() const {
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumBits(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (!getBit(i)->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+std::string BitsInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result = "{ ";
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumBits(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (i) Result += ", ";
+ if (Init *Bit = getBit(e-i-1))
+ Result += Bit->getAsString();
+ else
+ Result += "*";
+ }
+ return Result + " }";
+}
+
+// resolveReferences - If there are any field references that refer to fields
+// that have been filled in, we can propagate the values now.
+Init *BitsInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ bool Changed = false;
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits(getNumBits());
+
+ Init *CachedBitVarRef = nullptr;
+ Init *CachedBitVarResolved = nullptr;
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumBits(); i != e; ++i) {
+ Init *CurBit = getBit(i);
+ Init *NewBit = CurBit;
+
+ if (VarBitInit *CurBitVar = dyn_cast<VarBitInit>(CurBit)) {
+ if (CurBitVar->getBitVar() != CachedBitVarRef) {
+ CachedBitVarRef = CurBitVar->getBitVar();
+ CachedBitVarResolved = CachedBitVarRef->resolveReferences(R);
+ }
+ assert(CachedBitVarResolved && "Unresolved bitvar reference");
+ NewBit = CachedBitVarResolved->getBit(CurBitVar->getBitNum());
+ } else {
+ // getBit(0) implicitly converts int and bits<1> values to bit.
+ NewBit = CurBit->resolveReferences(R)->getBit(0);
+ }
+
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(NewBit) && R.keepUnsetBits())
+ NewBit = CurBit;
+ NewBits[i] = NewBit;
+ Changed |= CurBit != NewBit;
+ }
+
+ if (Changed)
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), NewBits);
+
+ return const_cast<BitsInit *>(this);
+}
+
+IntInit *IntInit::get(RecordKeeper &RK, int64_t V) {
+ IntInit *&I = RK.getImpl().TheIntInitPool[V];
+ if (!I)
+ I = new (RK.getImpl().Allocator) IntInit(RK, V);
+ return I;
+}
+
+std::string IntInit::getAsString() const {
+ return itostr(Value);
+}
+
+static bool canFitInBitfield(int64_t Value, unsigned NumBits) {
+ // For example, with NumBits == 4, we permit Values from [-7 .. 15].
+ return (NumBits >= sizeof(Value) * 8) ||
+ (Value >> NumBits == 0) || (Value >> (NumBits-1) == -1);
+}
+
+Init *IntInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (isa<IntRecTy>(Ty))
+ return const_cast<IntInit *>(this);
+
+ if (isa<BitRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ int64_t Val = getValue();
+ if (Val != 0 && Val != 1) return nullptr; // Only accept 0 or 1 for a bit!
+ return BitInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), Val != 0);
+ }
+
+ if (auto *BRT = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ int64_t Value = getValue();
+ // Make sure this bitfield is large enough to hold the integer value.
+ if (!canFitInBitfield(Value, BRT->getNumBits()))
+ return nullptr;
+
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits(BRT->getNumBits());
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != BRT->getNumBits(); ++i)
+ NewBits[i] =
+ BitInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), Value & ((i < 64) ? (1LL << i) : 0));
+
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), NewBits);
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *
+IntInit::convertInitializerBitRange(ArrayRef<unsigned> Bits) const {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits(Bits.size());
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Bits.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (Bits[i] >= 64)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ NewBits[i] =
+ BitInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), Value & (INT64_C(1) << Bits[i]));
+ }
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), NewBits);
+}
+
+AnonymousNameInit *AnonymousNameInit::get(RecordKeeper &RK, unsigned V) {
+ return new (RK.getImpl().Allocator) AnonymousNameInit(RK, V);
+}
+
+StringInit *AnonymousNameInit::getNameInit() const {
+ return StringInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), getAsString());
+}
+
+std::string AnonymousNameInit::getAsString() const {
+ return "anonymous_" + utostr(Value);
+}
+
+Init *AnonymousNameInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ auto *Old = const_cast<Init *>(static_cast<const Init *>(this));
+ auto *New = R.resolve(Old);
+ New = New ? New : Old;
+ if (R.isFinal())
+ if (auto *Anonymous = dyn_cast<AnonymousNameInit>(New))
+ return Anonymous->getNameInit();
+ return New;
+}
+
+StringInit *StringInit::get(RecordKeeper &RK, StringRef V, StringFormat Fmt) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RKImpl = RK.getImpl();
+ auto &InitMap = Fmt == SF_String ? RKImpl.StringInitStringPool
+ : RKImpl.StringInitCodePool;
+ auto &Entry = *InitMap.insert(std::make_pair(V, nullptr)).first;
+ if (!Entry.second)
+ Entry.second = new (RKImpl.Allocator) StringInit(RK, Entry.getKey(), Fmt);
+ return Entry.second;
+}
+
+Init *StringInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (isa<StringRecTy>(Ty))
+ return const_cast<StringInit *>(this);
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+static void ProfileListInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+ ArrayRef<Init *> Range,
+ RecTy *EltTy) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Range.size());
+ ID.AddPointer(EltTy);
+
+ for (Init *I : Range)
+ ID.AddPointer(I);
+}
+
+ListInit *ListInit::get(ArrayRef<Init *> Range, RecTy *EltTy) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileListInit(ID, Range, EltTy);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = EltTy->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (ListInit *I = RK.TheListInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ assert(Range.empty() || !isa<TypedInit>(Range[0]) ||
+ cast<TypedInit>(Range[0])->getType()->typeIsConvertibleTo(EltTy));
+
+ void *Mem = RK.Allocator.Allocate(totalSizeToAlloc<Init *>(Range.size()),
+ alignof(ListInit));
+ ListInit *I = new (Mem) ListInit(Range.size(), EltTy);
+ std::uninitialized_copy(Range.begin(), Range.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<Init *>());
+ RK.TheListInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void ListInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ RecTy *EltTy = cast<ListRecTy>(getType())->getElementType();
+
+ ProfileListInit(ID, getValues(), EltTy);
+}
+
+Init *ListInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (getType() == Ty)
+ return const_cast<ListInit*>(this);
+
+ if (auto *LRT = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(Ty)) {
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> Elements;
+ Elements.reserve(getValues().size());
+
+ // Verify that all of the elements of the list are subclasses of the
+ // appropriate class!
+ bool Changed = false;
+ RecTy *ElementType = LRT->getElementType();
+ for (Init *I : getValues())
+ if (Init *CI = I->convertInitializerTo(ElementType)) {
+ Elements.push_back(CI);
+ if (CI != I)
+ Changed = true;
+ } else
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!Changed)
+ return const_cast<ListInit*>(this);
+ return ListInit::get(Elements, ElementType);
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *ListInit::convertInitListSlice(ArrayRef<unsigned> Elements) const {
+ if (Elements.size() == 1) {
+ if (Elements[0] >= size())
+ return nullptr;
+ return getElement(Elements[0]);
+ }
+
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> Vals;
+ Vals.reserve(Elements.size());
+ for (unsigned Element : Elements) {
+ if (Element >= size())
+ return nullptr;
+ Vals.push_back(getElement(Element));
+ }
+ return ListInit::get(Vals, getElementType());
+}
+
+Record *ListInit::getElementAsRecord(unsigned i) const {
+ assert(i < NumValues && "List element index out of range!");
+ DefInit *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(getElement(i));
+ if (!DI)
+ PrintFatalError("Expected record in list!");
+ return DI->getDef();
+}
+
+Init *ListInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> Resolved;
+ Resolved.reserve(size());
+ bool Changed = false;
+
+ for (Init *CurElt : getValues()) {
+ Init *E = CurElt->resolveReferences(R);
+ Changed |= E != CurElt;
+ Resolved.push_back(E);
+ }
+
+ if (Changed)
+ return ListInit::get(Resolved, getElementType());
+ return const_cast<ListInit *>(this);
+}
+
+bool ListInit::isComplete() const {
+ for (Init *Element : *this) {
+ if (!Element->isComplete())
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ListInit::isConcrete() const {
+ for (Init *Element : *this) {
+ if (!Element->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+std::string ListInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result = "[";
+ const char *sep = "";
+ for (Init *Element : *this) {
+ Result += sep;
+ sep = ", ";
+ Result += Element->getAsString();
+ }
+ return Result + "]";
+}
+
+Init *OpInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ if (getType() == BitRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper()))
+ return const_cast<OpInit*>(this);
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<OpInit*>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+static void
+ProfileUnOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Opcode, Init *Op, RecTy *Type) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Opcode);
+ ID.AddPointer(Op);
+ ID.AddPointer(Type);
+}
+
+UnOpInit *UnOpInit::get(UnaryOp Opc, Init *LHS, RecTy *Type) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileUnOpInit(ID, Opc, LHS, Type);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = Type->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (UnOpInit *I = RK.TheUnOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ UnOpInit *I = new (RK.Allocator) UnOpInit(Opc, LHS, Type);
+ RK.TheUnOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void UnOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileUnOpInit(ID, getOpcode(), getOperand(), getType());
+}
+
+Init *UnOpInit::Fold(Record *CurRec, bool IsFinal) const {
+ RecordKeeper &RK = getRecordKeeper();
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ case CAST:
+ if (isa<StringRecTy>(getType())) {
+ if (StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS))
+ return LHSs;
+
+ if (DefInit *LHSd = dyn_cast<DefInit>(LHS))
+ return StringInit::get(RK, LHSd->getAsString());
+
+ if (IntInit *LHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ LHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK))))
+ return StringInit::get(RK, LHSi->getAsString());
+
+ } else if (isa<RecordRecTy>(getType())) {
+ if (StringInit *Name = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS)) {
+ if (!CurRec && !IsFinal)
+ break;
+ assert(CurRec && "NULL pointer");
+ Record *D;
+
+ // Self-references are allowed, but their resolution is delayed until
+ // the final resolve to ensure that we get the correct type for them.
+ auto *Anonymous = dyn_cast<AnonymousNameInit>(CurRec->getNameInit());
+ if (Name == CurRec->getNameInit() ||
+ (Anonymous && Name == Anonymous->getNameInit())) {
+ if (!IsFinal)
+ break;
+ D = CurRec;
+ } else {
+ D = CurRec->getRecords().getDef(Name->getValue());
+ if (!D) {
+ if (IsFinal)
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ Twine("Undefined reference to record: '") +
+ Name->getValue() + "'\n");
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DefInit *DI = DefInit::get(D);
+ if (!DI->getType()->typeIsA(getType())) {
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ Twine("Expected type '") +
+ getType()->getAsString() + "', got '" +
+ DI->getType()->getAsString() + "' in: " +
+ getAsString() + "\n");
+ }
+ return DI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Init *NewInit = LHS->convertInitializerTo(getType()))
+ return NewInit;
+ break;
+
+ case NOT:
+ if (IntInit *LHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ LHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK))))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSi->getValue() ? 0 : 1);
+ break;
+
+ case HEAD:
+ if (ListInit *LHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS)) {
+ assert(!LHSl->empty() && "Empty list in head");
+ return LHSl->getElement(0);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case TAIL:
+ if (ListInit *LHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS)) {
+ assert(!LHSl->empty() && "Empty list in tail");
+ // Note the +1. We can't just pass the result of getValues()
+ // directly.
+ return ListInit::get(LHSl->getValues().slice(1), LHSl->getElementType());
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case SIZE:
+ if (ListInit *LHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSl->size());
+ if (DagInit *LHSd = dyn_cast<DagInit>(LHS))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSd->arg_size());
+ if (StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSs->getValue().size());
+ break;
+
+ case EMPTY:
+ if (ListInit *LHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSl->empty());
+ if (DagInit *LHSd = dyn_cast<DagInit>(LHS))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSd->arg_empty());
+ if (StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS))
+ return IntInit::get(RK, LHSs->getValue().empty());
+ break;
+
+ case GETDAGOP:
+ if (DagInit *Dag = dyn_cast<DagInit>(LHS)) {
+ DefInit *DI = DefInit::get(Dag->getOperatorAsDef({}));
+ if (!DI->getType()->typeIsA(getType())) {
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ Twine("Expected type '") +
+ getType()->getAsString() + "', got '" +
+ DI->getType()->getAsString() + "' in: " +
+ getAsString() + "\n");
+ } else {
+ return DI;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LOG2:
+ if (IntInit *LHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ LHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK)))) {
+ int64_t LHSv = LHSi->getValue();
+ if (LHSv <= 0) {
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ "Illegal operation: logtwo is undefined "
+ "on arguments less than or equal to 0");
+ } else {
+ uint64_t Log = Log2_64(LHSv);
+ assert(Log <= INT64_MAX &&
+ "Log of an int64_t must be smaller than INT64_MAX");
+ return IntInit::get(RK, static_cast<int64_t>(Log));
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ return const_cast<UnOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *UnOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *lhs = LHS->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ if (LHS != lhs || (R.isFinal() && getOpcode() == CAST))
+ return (UnOpInit::get(getOpcode(), lhs, getType()))
+ ->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord(), R.isFinal());
+ return const_cast<UnOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+std::string UnOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result;
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ case CAST: Result = "!cast<" + getType()->getAsString() + ">"; break;
+ case NOT: Result = "!not"; break;
+ case HEAD: Result = "!head"; break;
+ case TAIL: Result = "!tail"; break;
+ case SIZE: Result = "!size"; break;
+ case EMPTY: Result = "!empty"; break;
+ case GETDAGOP: Result = "!getdagop"; break;
+ case LOG2 : Result = "!logtwo"; break;
+ }
+ return Result + "(" + LHS->getAsString() + ")";
+}
+
+static void
+ProfileBinOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Opcode, Init *LHS, Init *RHS,
+ RecTy *Type) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Opcode);
+ ID.AddPointer(LHS);
+ ID.AddPointer(RHS);
+ ID.AddPointer(Type);
+}
+
+BinOpInit *BinOpInit::get(BinaryOp Opc, Init *LHS, Init *RHS, RecTy *Type) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileBinOpInit(ID, Opc, LHS, RHS, Type);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = LHS->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (BinOpInit *I = RK.TheBinOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ BinOpInit *I = new (RK.Allocator) BinOpInit(Opc, LHS, RHS, Type);
+ RK.TheBinOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void BinOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileBinOpInit(ID, getOpcode(), getLHS(), getRHS(), getType());
+}
+
+static StringInit *ConcatStringInits(const StringInit *I0,
+ const StringInit *I1) {
+ SmallString<80> Concat(I0->getValue());
+ Concat.append(I1->getValue());
+ return StringInit::get(
+ I0->getRecordKeeper(), Concat,
+ StringInit::determineFormat(I0->getFormat(), I1->getFormat()));
+}
+
+static StringInit *interleaveStringList(const ListInit *List,
+ const StringInit *Delim) {
+ if (List->size() == 0)
+ return StringInit::get(List->getRecordKeeper(), "");
+ StringInit *Element = dyn_cast<StringInit>(List->getElement(0));
+ if (!Element)
+ return nullptr;
+ SmallString<80> Result(Element->getValue());
+ StringInit::StringFormat Fmt = StringInit::SF_String;
+
+ for (unsigned I = 1, E = List->size(); I < E; ++I) {
+ Result.append(Delim->getValue());
+ StringInit *Element = dyn_cast<StringInit>(List->getElement(I));
+ if (!Element)
+ return nullptr;
+ Result.append(Element->getValue());
+ Fmt = StringInit::determineFormat(Fmt, Element->getFormat());
+ }
+ return StringInit::get(List->getRecordKeeper(), Result, Fmt);
+}
+
+static StringInit *interleaveIntList(const ListInit *List,
+ const StringInit *Delim) {
+ RecordKeeper &RK = List->getRecordKeeper();
+ if (List->size() == 0)
+ return StringInit::get(RK, "");
+ IntInit *Element = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ List->getElement(0)->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK)));
+ if (!Element)
+ return nullptr;
+ SmallString<80> Result(Element->getAsString());
+
+ for (unsigned I = 1, E = List->size(); I < E; ++I) {
+ Result.append(Delim->getValue());
+ IntInit *Element = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ List->getElement(I)->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK)));
+ if (!Element)
+ return nullptr;
+ Result.append(Element->getAsString());
+ }
+ return StringInit::get(RK, Result);
+}
+
+Init *BinOpInit::getStrConcat(Init *I0, Init *I1) {
+ // Shortcut for the common case of concatenating two strings.
+ if (const StringInit *I0s = dyn_cast<StringInit>(I0))
+ if (const StringInit *I1s = dyn_cast<StringInit>(I1))
+ return ConcatStringInits(I0s, I1s);
+ return BinOpInit::get(BinOpInit::STRCONCAT, I0, I1,
+ StringRecTy::get(I0->getRecordKeeper()));
+}
+
+static ListInit *ConcatListInits(const ListInit *LHS,
+ const ListInit *RHS) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> Args;
+ llvm::append_range(Args, *LHS);
+ llvm::append_range(Args, *RHS);
+ return ListInit::get(Args, LHS->getElementType());
+}
+
+Init *BinOpInit::getListConcat(TypedInit *LHS, Init *RHS) {
+ assert(isa<ListRecTy>(LHS->getType()) && "First arg must be a list");
+
+ // Shortcut for the common case of concatenating two lists.
+ if (const ListInit *LHSList = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS))
+ if (const ListInit *RHSList = dyn_cast<ListInit>(RHS))
+ return ConcatListInits(LHSList, RHSList);
+ return BinOpInit::get(BinOpInit::LISTCONCAT, LHS, RHS, LHS->getType());
+}
+
+std::optional<bool> BinOpInit::CompareInit(unsigned Opc, Init *LHS, Init *RHS) const {
+ // First see if we have two bit, bits, or int.
+ IntInit *LHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ LHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper())));
+ IntInit *RHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ RHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper())));
+
+ if (LHSi && RHSi) {
+ bool Result;
+ switch (Opc) {
+ case EQ:
+ Result = LHSi->getValue() == RHSi->getValue();
+ break;
+ case NE:
+ Result = LHSi->getValue() != RHSi->getValue();
+ break;
+ case LE:
+ Result = LHSi->getValue() <= RHSi->getValue();
+ break;
+ case LT:
+ Result = LHSi->getValue() < RHSi->getValue();
+ break;
+ case GE:
+ Result = LHSi->getValue() >= RHSi->getValue();
+ break;
+ case GT:
+ Result = LHSi->getValue() > RHSi->getValue();
+ break;
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("unhandled comparison");
+ }
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ // Next try strings.
+ StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS);
+ StringInit *RHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(RHS);
+
+ if (LHSs && RHSs) {
+ bool Result;
+ switch (Opc) {
+ case EQ:
+ Result = LHSs->getValue() == RHSs->getValue();
+ break;
+ case NE:
+ Result = LHSs->getValue() != RHSs->getValue();
+ break;
+ case LE:
+ Result = LHSs->getValue() <= RHSs->getValue();
+ break;
+ case LT:
+ Result = LHSs->getValue() < RHSs->getValue();
+ break;
+ case GE:
+ Result = LHSs->getValue() >= RHSs->getValue();
+ break;
+ case GT:
+ Result = LHSs->getValue() > RHSs->getValue();
+ break;
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("unhandled comparison");
+ }
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ // Finally, !eq and !ne can be used with records.
+ if (Opc == EQ || Opc == NE) {
+ DefInit *LHSd = dyn_cast<DefInit>(LHS);
+ DefInit *RHSd = dyn_cast<DefInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSd && RHSd)
+ return (Opc == EQ) ? LHSd == RHSd : LHSd != RHSd;
+ }
+
+ return std::nullopt;
+}
+
+ Init *BinOpInit::Fold(Record *CurRec) const {
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ case CONCAT: {
+ DagInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<DagInit>(LHS);
+ DagInit *RHSs = dyn_cast<DagInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSs && RHSs) {
+ DefInit *LOp = dyn_cast<DefInit>(LHSs->getOperator());
+ DefInit *ROp = dyn_cast<DefInit>(RHSs->getOperator());
+ if ((!LOp && !isa<UnsetInit>(LHSs->getOperator())) ||
+ (!ROp && !isa<UnsetInit>(RHSs->getOperator())))
+ break;
+ if (LOp && ROp && LOp->getDef() != ROp->getDef()) {
+ PrintFatalError(Twine("Concatenated Dag operators do not match: '") +
+ LHSs->getAsString() + "' vs. '" + RHSs->getAsString() +
+ "'");
+ }
+ Init *Op = LOp ? LOp : ROp;
+ if (!Op)
+ Op = UnsetInit::get(getRecordKeeper());
+
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> Args;
+ SmallVector<StringInit*, 8> ArgNames;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = LHSs->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
+ Args.push_back(LHSs->getArg(i));
+ ArgNames.push_back(LHSs->getArgName(i));
+ }
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = RHSs->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
+ Args.push_back(RHSs->getArg(i));
+ ArgNames.push_back(RHSs->getArgName(i));
+ }
+ return DagInit::get(Op, nullptr, Args, ArgNames);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case LISTCONCAT: {
+ ListInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS);
+ ListInit *RHSs = dyn_cast<ListInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSs && RHSs) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> Args;
+ llvm::append_range(Args, *LHSs);
+ llvm::append_range(Args, *RHSs);
+ return ListInit::get(Args, LHSs->getElementType());
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case LISTSPLAT: {
+ TypedInit *Value = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(LHS);
+ IntInit *Size = dyn_cast<IntInit>(RHS);
+ if (Value && Size) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> Args(Size->getValue(), Value);
+ return ListInit::get(Args, Value->getType());
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case LISTREMOVE: {
+ ListInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS);
+ ListInit *RHSs = dyn_cast<ListInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSs && RHSs) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> Args;
+ for (Init *EltLHS : *LHSs) {
+ bool Found = false;
+ for (Init *EltRHS : *RHSs) {
+ if (std::optional<bool> Result = CompareInit(EQ, EltLHS, EltRHS)) {
+ if (*Result) {
+ Found = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (!Found)
+ Args.push_back(EltLHS);
+ }
+ return ListInit::get(Args, LHSs->getElementType());
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case STRCONCAT: {
+ StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS);
+ StringInit *RHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSs && RHSs)
+ return ConcatStringInits(LHSs, RHSs);
+ break;
+ }
+ case INTERLEAVE: {
+ ListInit *List = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS);
+ StringInit *Delim = dyn_cast<StringInit>(RHS);
+ if (List && Delim) {
+ StringInit *Result;
+ if (isa<StringRecTy>(List->getElementType()))
+ Result = interleaveStringList(List, Delim);
+ else
+ Result = interleaveIntList(List, Delim);
+ if (Result)
+ return Result;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case EQ:
+ case NE:
+ case LE:
+ case LT:
+ case GE:
+ case GT: {
+ if (std::optional<bool> Result = CompareInit(getOpcode(), LHS, RHS))
+ return BitInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), *Result);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SETDAGOP: {
+ DagInit *Dag = dyn_cast<DagInit>(LHS);
+ DefInit *Op = dyn_cast<DefInit>(RHS);
+ if (Dag && Op) {
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> Args;
+ SmallVector<StringInit*, 8> ArgNames;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Dag->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
+ Args.push_back(Dag->getArg(i));
+ ArgNames.push_back(Dag->getArgName(i));
+ }
+ return DagInit::get(Op, nullptr, Args, ArgNames);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case ADD:
+ case SUB:
+ case MUL:
+ case DIV:
+ case AND:
+ case OR:
+ case XOR:
+ case SHL:
+ case SRA:
+ case SRL: {
+ IntInit *LHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ LHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper())));
+ IntInit *RHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ RHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper())));
+ if (LHSi && RHSi) {
+ int64_t LHSv = LHSi->getValue(), RHSv = RHSi->getValue();
+ int64_t Result;
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("Bad opcode!");
+ case ADD: Result = LHSv + RHSv; break;
+ case SUB: Result = LHSv - RHSv; break;
+ case MUL: Result = LHSv * RHSv; break;
+ case DIV:
+ if (RHSv == 0)
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ "Illegal operation: division by zero");
+ else if (LHSv == INT64_MIN && RHSv == -1)
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ "Illegal operation: INT64_MIN / -1");
+ else
+ Result = LHSv / RHSv;
+ break;
+ case AND: Result = LHSv & RHSv; break;
+ case OR: Result = LHSv | RHSv; break;
+ case XOR: Result = LHSv ^ RHSv; break;
+ case SHL: Result = (uint64_t)LHSv << (uint64_t)RHSv; break;
+ case SRA: Result = LHSv >> RHSv; break;
+ case SRL: Result = (uint64_t)LHSv >> (uint64_t)RHSv; break;
+ }
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), Result);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return const_cast<BinOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *BinOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *lhs = LHS->resolveReferences(R);
+ Init *rhs = RHS->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ if (LHS != lhs || RHS != rhs)
+ return (BinOpInit::get(getOpcode(), lhs, rhs, getType()))
+ ->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord());
+ return const_cast<BinOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+std::string BinOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result;
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ case CONCAT: Result = "!con"; break;
+ case ADD: Result = "!add"; break;
+ case SUB: Result = "!sub"; break;
+ case MUL: Result = "!mul"; break;
+ case DIV: Result = "!div"; break;
+ case AND: Result = "!and"; break;
+ case OR: Result = "!or"; break;
+ case XOR: Result = "!xor"; break;
+ case SHL: Result = "!shl"; break;
+ case SRA: Result = "!sra"; break;
+ case SRL: Result = "!srl"; break;
+ case EQ: Result = "!eq"; break;
+ case NE: Result = "!ne"; break;
+ case LE: Result = "!le"; break;
+ case LT: Result = "!lt"; break;
+ case GE: Result = "!ge"; break;
+ case GT: Result = "!gt"; break;
+ case LISTCONCAT: Result = "!listconcat"; break;
+ case LISTSPLAT: Result = "!listsplat"; break;
+ case LISTREMOVE: Result = "!listremove"; break;
+ case STRCONCAT: Result = "!strconcat"; break;
+ case INTERLEAVE: Result = "!interleave"; break;
+ case SETDAGOP: Result = "!setdagop"; break;
+ }
+ return Result + "(" + LHS->getAsString() + ", " + RHS->getAsString() + ")";
+}
+
+static void
+ProfileTernOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Opcode, Init *LHS, Init *MHS,
+ Init *RHS, RecTy *Type) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Opcode);
+ ID.AddPointer(LHS);
+ ID.AddPointer(MHS);
+ ID.AddPointer(RHS);
+ ID.AddPointer(Type);
+}
+
+TernOpInit *TernOpInit::get(TernaryOp Opc, Init *LHS, Init *MHS, Init *RHS,
+ RecTy *Type) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileTernOpInit(ID, Opc, LHS, MHS, RHS, Type);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = LHS->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (TernOpInit *I = RK.TheTernOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ TernOpInit *I = new (RK.Allocator) TernOpInit(Opc, LHS, MHS, RHS, Type);
+ RK.TheTernOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void TernOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileTernOpInit(ID, getOpcode(), getLHS(), getMHS(), getRHS(), getType());
+}
+
+static Init *ItemApply(Init *LHS, Init *MHSe, Init *RHS, Record *CurRec) {
+ MapResolver R(CurRec);
+ R.set(LHS, MHSe);
+ return RHS->resolveReferences(R);
+}
+
+static Init *ForeachDagApply(Init *LHS, DagInit *MHSd, Init *RHS,
+ Record *CurRec) {
+ bool Change = false;
+ Init *Val = ItemApply(LHS, MHSd->getOperator(), RHS, CurRec);
+ if (Val != MHSd->getOperator())
+ Change = true;
+
+ SmallVector<std::pair<Init *, StringInit *>, 8> NewArgs;
+ for (unsigned int i = 0; i < MHSd->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
+ Init *Arg = MHSd->getArg(i);
+ Init *NewArg;
+ StringInit *ArgName = MHSd->getArgName(i);
+
+ if (DagInit *Argd = dyn_cast<DagInit>(Arg))
+ NewArg = ForeachDagApply(LHS, Argd, RHS, CurRec);
+ else
+ NewArg = ItemApply(LHS, Arg, RHS, CurRec);
+
+ NewArgs.push_back(std::make_pair(NewArg, ArgName));
+ if (Arg != NewArg)
+ Change = true;
+ }
+
+ if (Change)
+ return DagInit::get(Val, nullptr, NewArgs);
+ return MHSd;
+}
+
+// Applies RHS to all elements of MHS, using LHS as a temp variable.
+static Init *ForeachHelper(Init *LHS, Init *MHS, Init *RHS, RecTy *Type,
+ Record *CurRec) {
+ if (DagInit *MHSd = dyn_cast<DagInit>(MHS))
+ return ForeachDagApply(LHS, MHSd, RHS, CurRec);
+
+ if (ListInit *MHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(MHS)) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> NewList(MHSl->begin(), MHSl->end());
+
+ for (Init *&Item : NewList) {
+ Init *NewItem = ItemApply(LHS, Item, RHS, CurRec);
+ if (NewItem != Item)
+ Item = NewItem;
+ }
+ return ListInit::get(NewList, cast<ListRecTy>(Type)->getElementType());
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+// Evaluates RHS for all elements of MHS, using LHS as a temp variable.
+// Creates a new list with the elements that evaluated to true.
+static Init *FilterHelper(Init *LHS, Init *MHS, Init *RHS, RecTy *Type,
+ Record *CurRec) {
+ if (ListInit *MHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(MHS)) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> NewList;
+
+ for (Init *Item : MHSl->getValues()) {
+ Init *Include = ItemApply(LHS, Item, RHS, CurRec);
+ if (!Include)
+ return nullptr;
+ if (IntInit *IncludeInt =
+ dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(Include->convertInitializerTo(
+ IntRecTy::get(LHS->getRecordKeeper())))) {
+ if (IncludeInt->getValue())
+ NewList.push_back(Item);
+ } else {
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ return ListInit::get(NewList, cast<ListRecTy>(Type)->getElementType());
+ }
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *TernOpInit::Fold(Record *CurRec) const {
+ RecordKeeper &RK = getRecordKeeper();
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ case SUBST: {
+ DefInit *LHSd = dyn_cast<DefInit>(LHS);
+ VarInit *LHSv = dyn_cast<VarInit>(LHS);
+ StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS);
+
+ DefInit *MHSd = dyn_cast<DefInit>(MHS);
+ VarInit *MHSv = dyn_cast<VarInit>(MHS);
+ StringInit *MHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(MHS);
+
+ DefInit *RHSd = dyn_cast<DefInit>(RHS);
+ VarInit *RHSv = dyn_cast<VarInit>(RHS);
+ StringInit *RHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(RHS);
+
+ if (LHSd && MHSd && RHSd) {
+ Record *Val = RHSd->getDef();
+ if (LHSd->getAsString() == RHSd->getAsString())
+ Val = MHSd->getDef();
+ return DefInit::get(Val);
+ }
+ if (LHSv && MHSv && RHSv) {
+ std::string Val = std::string(RHSv->getName());
+ if (LHSv->getAsString() == RHSv->getAsString())
+ Val = std::string(MHSv->getName());
+ return VarInit::get(Val, getType());
+ }
+ if (LHSs && MHSs && RHSs) {
+ std::string Val = std::string(RHSs->getValue());
+
+ std::string::size_type found;
+ std::string::size_type idx = 0;
+ while (true) {
+ found = Val.find(std::string(LHSs->getValue()), idx);
+ if (found == std::string::npos)
+ break;
+ Val.replace(found, LHSs->getValue().size(),
+ std::string(MHSs->getValue()));
+ idx = found + MHSs->getValue().size();
+ }
+
+ return StringInit::get(RK, Val);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case FOREACH: {
+ if (Init *Result = ForeachHelper(LHS, MHS, RHS, getType(), CurRec))
+ return Result;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case FILTER: {
+ if (Init *Result = FilterHelper(LHS, MHS, RHS, getType(), CurRec))
+ return Result;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case IF: {
+ if (IntInit *LHSi = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ LHS->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK)))) {
+ if (LHSi->getValue())
+ return MHS;
+ return RHS;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case DAG: {
+ ListInit *MHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(MHS);
+ ListInit *RHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(RHS);
+ bool MHSok = MHSl || isa<UnsetInit>(MHS);
+ bool RHSok = RHSl || isa<UnsetInit>(RHS);
+
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(MHS) && isa<UnsetInit>(RHS))
+ break; // Typically prevented by the parser, but might happen with template args
+
+ if (MHSok && RHSok && (!MHSl || !RHSl || MHSl->size() == RHSl->size())) {
+ SmallVector<std::pair<Init *, StringInit *>, 8> Children;
+ unsigned Size = MHSl ? MHSl->size() : RHSl->size();
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i != Size; ++i) {
+ Init *Node = MHSl ? MHSl->getElement(i) : UnsetInit::get(RK);
+ Init *Name = RHSl ? RHSl->getElement(i) : UnsetInit::get(RK);
+ if (!isa<StringInit>(Name) && !isa<UnsetInit>(Name))
+ return const_cast<TernOpInit *>(this);
+ Children.emplace_back(Node, dyn_cast<StringInit>(Name));
+ }
+ return DagInit::get(LHS, nullptr, Children);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case SUBSTR: {
+ StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS);
+ IntInit *MHSi = dyn_cast<IntInit>(MHS);
+ IntInit *RHSi = dyn_cast<IntInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSs && MHSi && RHSi) {
+ int64_t StringSize = LHSs->getValue().size();
+ int64_t Start = MHSi->getValue();
+ int64_t Length = RHSi->getValue();
+ if (Start < 0 || Start > StringSize)
+ PrintError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ Twine("!substr start position is out of range 0...") +
+ std::to_string(StringSize) + ": " +
+ std::to_string(Start));
+ if (Length < 0)
+ PrintError(CurRec->getLoc(), "!substr length must be nonnegative");
+ return StringInit::get(RK, LHSs->getValue().substr(Start, Length),
+ LHSs->getFormat());
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case FIND: {
+ StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS);
+ StringInit *MHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(MHS);
+ IntInit *RHSi = dyn_cast<IntInit>(RHS);
+ if (LHSs && MHSs && RHSi) {
+ int64_t SourceSize = LHSs->getValue().size();
+ int64_t Start = RHSi->getValue();
+ if (Start < 0 || Start > SourceSize)
+ PrintError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ Twine("!find start position is out of range 0...") +
+ std::to_string(SourceSize) + ": " +
+ std::to_string(Start));
+ auto I = LHSs->getValue().find(MHSs->getValue(), Start);
+ if (I == std::string::npos)
+ return IntInit::get(RK, -1);
+ return IntInit::get(RK, I);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return const_cast<TernOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *TernOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *lhs = LHS->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ if (getOpcode() == IF && lhs != LHS) {
+ if (IntInit *Value = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ lhs->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper())))) {
+ // Short-circuit
+ if (Value->getValue())
+ return MHS->resolveReferences(R);
+ return RHS->resolveReferences(R);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Init *mhs = MHS->resolveReferences(R);
+ Init *rhs;
+
+ if (getOpcode() == FOREACH || getOpcode() == FILTER) {
+ ShadowResolver SR(R);
+ SR.addShadow(lhs);
+ rhs = RHS->resolveReferences(SR);
+ } else {
+ rhs = RHS->resolveReferences(R);
+ }
+
+ if (LHS != lhs || MHS != mhs || RHS != rhs)
+ return (TernOpInit::get(getOpcode(), lhs, mhs, rhs, getType()))
+ ->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord());
+ return const_cast<TernOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+std::string TernOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result;
+ bool UnquotedLHS = false;
+ switch (getOpcode()) {
+ case DAG: Result = "!dag"; break;
+ case FILTER: Result = "!filter"; UnquotedLHS = true; break;
+ case FOREACH: Result = "!foreach"; UnquotedLHS = true; break;
+ case IF: Result = "!if"; break;
+ case SUBST: Result = "!subst"; break;
+ case SUBSTR: Result = "!substr"; break;
+ case FIND: Result = "!find"; break;
+ }
+ return (Result + "(" +
+ (UnquotedLHS ? LHS->getAsUnquotedString() : LHS->getAsString()) +
+ ", " + MHS->getAsString() + ", " + RHS->getAsString() + ")");
+}
+
+static void ProfileFoldOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Init *Start, Init *List,
+ Init *A, Init *B, Init *Expr, RecTy *Type) {
+ ID.AddPointer(Start);
+ ID.AddPointer(List);
+ ID.AddPointer(A);
+ ID.AddPointer(B);
+ ID.AddPointer(Expr);
+ ID.AddPointer(Type);
+}
+
+FoldOpInit *FoldOpInit::get(Init *Start, Init *List, Init *A, Init *B,
+ Init *Expr, RecTy *Type) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileFoldOpInit(ID, Start, List, A, B, Expr, Type);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = Start->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (FoldOpInit *I = RK.TheFoldOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ FoldOpInit *I = new (RK.Allocator) FoldOpInit(Start, List, A, B, Expr, Type);
+ RK.TheFoldOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void FoldOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileFoldOpInit(ID, Start, List, A, B, Expr, getType());
+}
+
+Init *FoldOpInit::Fold(Record *CurRec) const {
+ if (ListInit *LI = dyn_cast<ListInit>(List)) {
+ Init *Accum = Start;
+ for (Init *Elt : *LI) {
+ MapResolver R(CurRec);
+ R.set(A, Accum);
+ R.set(B, Elt);
+ Accum = Expr->resolveReferences(R);
+ }
+ return Accum;
+ }
+ return const_cast<FoldOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *FoldOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *NewStart = Start->resolveReferences(R);
+ Init *NewList = List->resolveReferences(R);
+ ShadowResolver SR(R);
+ SR.addShadow(A);
+ SR.addShadow(B);
+ Init *NewExpr = Expr->resolveReferences(SR);
+
+ if (Start == NewStart && List == NewList && Expr == NewExpr)
+ return const_cast<FoldOpInit *>(this);
+
+ return get(NewStart, NewList, A, B, NewExpr, getType())
+ ->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord());
+}
+
+Init *FoldOpInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<FoldOpInit *>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+std::string FoldOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ return (Twine("!foldl(") + Start->getAsString() + ", " + List->getAsString() +
+ ", " + A->getAsUnquotedString() + ", " + B->getAsUnquotedString() +
+ ", " + Expr->getAsString() + ")")
+ .str();
+}
+
+static void ProfileIsAOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, RecTy *CheckType,
+ Init *Expr) {
+ ID.AddPointer(CheckType);
+ ID.AddPointer(Expr);
+}
+
+IsAOpInit *IsAOpInit::get(RecTy *CheckType, Init *Expr) {
+
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileIsAOpInit(ID, CheckType, Expr);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = Expr->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (IsAOpInit *I = RK.TheIsAOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ IsAOpInit *I = new (RK.Allocator) IsAOpInit(CheckType, Expr);
+ RK.TheIsAOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void IsAOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileIsAOpInit(ID, CheckType, Expr);
+}
+
+Init *IsAOpInit::Fold() const {
+ if (TypedInit *TI = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(Expr)) {
+ // Is the expression type known to be (a subclass of) the desired type?
+ if (TI->getType()->typeIsConvertibleTo(CheckType))
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), 1);
+
+ if (isa<RecordRecTy>(CheckType)) {
+ // If the target type is not a subclass of the expression type, or if
+ // the expression has fully resolved to a record, we know that it can't
+ // be of the required type.
+ if (!CheckType->typeIsConvertibleTo(TI->getType()) || isa<DefInit>(Expr))
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), 0);
+ } else {
+ // We treat non-record types as not castable.
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), 0);
+ }
+ }
+ return const_cast<IsAOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *IsAOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *NewExpr = Expr->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (Expr != NewExpr)
+ return get(CheckType, NewExpr)->Fold();
+ return const_cast<IsAOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *IsAOpInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<IsAOpInit *>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+std::string IsAOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ return (Twine("!isa<") + CheckType->getAsString() + ">(" +
+ Expr->getAsString() + ")")
+ .str();
+}
+
+static void ProfileExistsOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, RecTy *CheckType,
+ Init *Expr) {
+ ID.AddPointer(CheckType);
+ ID.AddPointer(Expr);
+}
+
+ExistsOpInit *ExistsOpInit::get(RecTy *CheckType, Init *Expr) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileExistsOpInit(ID, CheckType, Expr);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = Expr->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (ExistsOpInit *I = RK.TheExistsOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ ExistsOpInit *I = new (RK.Allocator) ExistsOpInit(CheckType, Expr);
+ RK.TheExistsOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void ExistsOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileExistsOpInit(ID, CheckType, Expr);
+}
+
+Init *ExistsOpInit::Fold(Record *CurRec, bool IsFinal) const {
+ if (StringInit *Name = dyn_cast<StringInit>(Expr)) {
+ if (!CurRec && !IsFinal)
+ return const_cast<ExistsOpInit *>(this);
+
+ // Self-references are allowed, but their resolution is delayed until
+ // the final resolve to ensure that we get the correct type for them.
+ auto *Anonymous = dyn_cast<AnonymousNameInit>(CurRec->getNameInit());
+ if (Name == CurRec->getNameInit() ||
+ (Anonymous && Name == Anonymous->getNameInit())) {
+ if (!IsFinal)
+ return const_cast<ExistsOpInit *>(this);
+
+ // No doubt that there exists a record, so we should check if types are
+ // compatiable.
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(),
+ CurRec->getType()->typeIsA(CheckType));
+ }
+
+ // Look up all defined records to see if we can find one.
+ Record *D = CheckType->getRecordKeeper().getDef(Name->getValue());
+ if (!D) {
+ if (IsFinal)
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), 0);
+ return const_cast<ExistsOpInit *>(this);
+ }
+
+ // Check if types are compatiable.
+ return IntInit::get(getRecordKeeper(),
+ DefInit::get(D)->getType()->typeIsA(CheckType));
+ }
+ return const_cast<ExistsOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *ExistsOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *NewExpr = Expr->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (Expr != NewExpr || R.isFinal())
+ return get(CheckType, NewExpr)->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord(), R.isFinal());
+ return const_cast<ExistsOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *ExistsOpInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<ExistsOpInit *>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+std::string ExistsOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ return (Twine("!exists<") + CheckType->getAsString() + ">(" +
+ Expr->getAsString() + ")")
+ .str();
+}
+
+RecTy *TypedInit::getFieldType(StringInit *FieldName) const {
+ if (RecordRecTy *RecordType = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(getType())) {
+ for (Record *Rec : RecordType->getClasses()) {
+ if (RecordVal *Field = Rec->getValue(FieldName))
+ return Field->getType();
+ }
+ }
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *
+TypedInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (getType() == Ty || getType()->typeIsA(Ty))
+ return const_cast<TypedInit *>(this);
+
+ if (isa<BitRecTy>(getType()) && isa<BitsRecTy>(Ty) &&
+ cast<BitsRecTy>(Ty)->getNumBits() == 1)
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), {const_cast<TypedInit *>(this)});
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *TypedInit::convertInitializerBitRange(ArrayRef<unsigned> Bits) const {
+ BitsRecTy *T = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(getType());
+ if (!T) return nullptr; // Cannot subscript a non-bits variable.
+ unsigned NumBits = T->getNumBits();
+
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits;
+ NewBits.reserve(Bits.size());
+ for (unsigned Bit : Bits) {
+ if (Bit >= NumBits)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ NewBits.push_back(VarBitInit::get(const_cast<TypedInit *>(this), Bit));
+ }
+ return BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), NewBits);
+}
+
+Init *TypedInit::getCastTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ // Handle the common case quickly
+ if (getType() == Ty || getType()->typeIsA(Ty))
+ return const_cast<TypedInit *>(this);
+
+ if (Init *Converted = convertInitializerTo(Ty)) {
+ assert(!isa<TypedInit>(Converted) ||
+ cast<TypedInit>(Converted)->getType()->typeIsA(Ty));
+ return Converted;
+ }
+
+ if (!getType()->typeIsConvertibleTo(Ty))
+ return nullptr;
+
+ return UnOpInit::get(UnOpInit::CAST, const_cast<TypedInit *>(this), Ty)
+ ->Fold(nullptr);
+}
+
+Init *TypedInit::convertInitListSlice(ArrayRef<unsigned> Elements) const {
+ ListRecTy *T = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(getType());
+ if (!T) return nullptr; // Cannot subscript a non-list variable.
+
+ if (Elements.size() == 1)
+ return VarListElementInit::get(const_cast<TypedInit *>(this), Elements[0]);
+
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> ListInits;
+ ListInits.reserve(Elements.size());
+ for (unsigned Element : Elements)
+ ListInits.push_back(VarListElementInit::get(const_cast<TypedInit *>(this),
+ Element));
+ return ListInit::get(ListInits, T->getElementType());
+}
+
+
+VarInit *VarInit::get(StringRef VN, RecTy *T) {
+ Init *Value = StringInit::get(T->getRecordKeeper(), VN);
+ return VarInit::get(Value, T);
+}
+
+VarInit *VarInit::get(Init *VN, RecTy *T) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = T->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ VarInit *&I = RK.TheVarInitPool[std::make_pair(T, VN)];
+ if (!I)
+ I = new (RK.Allocator) VarInit(VN, T);
+ return I;
+}
+
+StringRef VarInit::getName() const {
+ StringInit *NameString = cast<StringInit>(getNameInit());
+ return NameString->getValue();
+}
+
+Init *VarInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ if (getType() == BitRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper()))
+ return const_cast<VarInit*>(this);
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<VarInit*>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+Init *VarInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ if (Init *Val = R.resolve(VarName))
+ return Val;
+ return const_cast<VarInit *>(this);
+}
+
+VarBitInit *VarBitInit::get(TypedInit *T, unsigned B) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = T->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ VarBitInit *&I = RK.TheVarBitInitPool[std::make_pair(T, B)];
+ if (!I)
+ I = new (RK.Allocator) VarBitInit(T, B);
+ return I;
+}
+
+std::string VarBitInit::getAsString() const {
+ return TI->getAsString() + "{" + utostr(Bit) + "}";
+}
+
+Init *VarBitInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *I = TI->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (TI != I)
+ return I->getBit(getBitNum());
+
+ return const_cast<VarBitInit*>(this);
+}
+
+VarListElementInit *VarListElementInit::get(TypedInit *T, unsigned E) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = T->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ VarListElementInit *&I = RK.TheVarListElementInitPool[std::make_pair(T, E)];
+ if (!I)
+ I = new (RK.Allocator) VarListElementInit(T, E);
+ return I;
+}
+
+std::string VarListElementInit::getAsString() const {
+ return TI->getAsString() + "[" + utostr(Element) + "]";
+}
+
+Init *VarListElementInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *NewTI = TI->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (ListInit *List = dyn_cast<ListInit>(NewTI)) {
+ // Leave out-of-bounds array references as-is. This can happen without
+ // being an error, e.g. in the untaken "branch" of an !if expression.
+ if (getElementNum() < List->size())
+ return List->getElement(getElementNum());
+ }
+ if (NewTI != TI && isa<TypedInit>(NewTI))
+ return VarListElementInit::get(cast<TypedInit>(NewTI), getElementNum());
+ return const_cast<VarListElementInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *VarListElementInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ if (getType() == BitRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper()))
+ return const_cast<VarListElementInit*>(this);
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<VarListElementInit*>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+DefInit::DefInit(Record *D)
+ : TypedInit(IK_DefInit, D->getType()), Def(D) {}
+
+DefInit *DefInit::get(Record *R) {
+ return R->getDefInit();
+}
+
+Init *DefInit::convertInitializerTo(RecTy *Ty) const {
+ if (auto *RRT = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(Ty))
+ if (getType()->typeIsConvertibleTo(RRT))
+ return const_cast<DefInit *>(this);
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+RecTy *DefInit::getFieldType(StringInit *FieldName) const {
+ if (const RecordVal *RV = Def->getValue(FieldName))
+ return RV->getType();
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+std::string DefInit::getAsString() const { return std::string(Def->getName()); }
+
+static void ProfileVarDefInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+ Record *Class,
+ ArrayRef<Init *> Args) {
+ ID.AddInteger(Args.size());
+ ID.AddPointer(Class);
+
+ for (Init *I : Args)
+ ID.AddPointer(I);
+}
+
+VarDefInit::VarDefInit(Record *Class, unsigned N)
+ : TypedInit(IK_VarDefInit, RecordRecTy::get(Class)), Class(Class),
+ NumArgs(N) {}
+
+VarDefInit *VarDefInit::get(Record *Class, ArrayRef<Init *> Args) {
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileVarDefInit(ID, Class, Args);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = Class->getRecords().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (VarDefInit *I = RK.TheVarDefInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ void *Mem = RK.Allocator.Allocate(totalSizeToAlloc<Init *>(Args.size()),
+ alignof(VarDefInit));
+ VarDefInit *I = new (Mem) VarDefInit(Class, Args.size());
+ std::uninitialized_copy(Args.begin(), Args.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<Init *>());
+ RK.TheVarDefInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+void VarDefInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileVarDefInit(ID, Class, args());
+}
+
+DefInit *VarDefInit::instantiate() {
+ if (!Def) {
+ RecordKeeper &Records = Class->getRecords();
+ auto NewRecOwner = std::make_unique<Record>(Records.getNewAnonymousName(),
+ Class->getLoc(), Records,
+ /*IsAnonymous=*/true);
+ Record *NewRec = NewRecOwner.get();
+
+ // Copy values from class to instance
+ for (const RecordVal &Val : Class->getValues())
+ NewRec->addValue(Val);
+
+ // Copy assertions from class to instance.
+ NewRec->appendAssertions(Class);
+
+ // Substitute and resolve template arguments
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = Class->getTemplateArgs();
+ MapResolver R(NewRec);
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = TArgs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (i < args_size())
+ R.set(TArgs[i], getArg(i));
+ else
+ R.set(TArgs[i], NewRec->getValue(TArgs[i])->getValue());
+
+ NewRec->removeValue(TArgs[i]);
+ }
+
+ NewRec->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ // Add superclasses.
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> SCs = Class->getSuperClasses();
+ for (const auto &SCPair : SCs)
+ NewRec->addSuperClass(SCPair.first, SCPair.second);
+
+ NewRec->addSuperClass(Class,
+ SMRange(Class->getLoc().back(),
+ Class->getLoc().back()));
+
+ // Resolve internal references and store in record keeper
+ NewRec->resolveReferences();
+ Records.addDef(std::move(NewRecOwner));
+
+ // Check the assertions.
+ NewRec->checkRecordAssertions();
+
+ Def = DefInit::get(NewRec);
+ }
+
+ return Def;
+}
+
+Init *VarDefInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ TrackUnresolvedResolver UR(&R);
+ bool Changed = false;
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> NewArgs;
+ NewArgs.reserve(args_size());
+
+ for (Init *Arg : args()) {
+ Init *NewArg = Arg->resolveReferences(UR);
+ NewArgs.push_back(NewArg);
+ Changed |= NewArg != Arg;
+ }
+
+ if (Changed) {
+ auto New = VarDefInit::get(Class, NewArgs);
+ if (!UR.foundUnresolved())
+ return New->instantiate();
+ return New;
+ }
+ return const_cast<VarDefInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *VarDefInit::Fold() const {
+ if (Def)
+ return Def;
+
+ TrackUnresolvedResolver R;
+ for (Init *Arg : args())
+ Arg->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ if (!R.foundUnresolved())
+ return const_cast<VarDefInit *>(this)->instantiate();
+ return const_cast<VarDefInit *>(this);
+}
+
+std::string VarDefInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result = Class->getNameInitAsString() + "<";
+ const char *sep = "";
+ for (Init *Arg : args()) {
+ Result += sep;
+ sep = ", ";
+ Result += Arg->getAsString();
+ }
+ return Result + ">";
+}
+
+FieldInit *FieldInit::get(Init *R, StringInit *FN) {
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = R->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ FieldInit *&I = RK.TheFieldInitPool[std::make_pair(R, FN)];
+ if (!I)
+ I = new (RK.Allocator) FieldInit(R, FN);
+ return I;
+}
+
+Init *FieldInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ if (getType() == BitRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper()))
+ return const_cast<FieldInit*>(this);
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<FieldInit*>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+Init *FieldInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ Init *NewRec = Rec->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (NewRec != Rec)
+ return FieldInit::get(NewRec, FieldName)->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord());
+ return const_cast<FieldInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *FieldInit::Fold(Record *CurRec) const {
+ if (DefInit *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(Rec)) {
+ Record *Def = DI->getDef();
+ if (Def == CurRec)
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ Twine("Attempting to access field '") +
+ FieldName->getAsUnquotedString() + "' of '" +
+ Rec->getAsString() + "' is a forbidden self-reference");
+ Init *FieldVal = Def->getValue(FieldName)->getValue();
+ if (FieldVal->isConcrete())
+ return FieldVal;
+ }
+ return const_cast<FieldInit *>(this);
+}
+
+bool FieldInit::isConcrete() const {
+ if (DefInit *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(Rec)) {
+ Init *FieldVal = DI->getDef()->getValue(FieldName)->getValue();
+ return FieldVal->isConcrete();
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+static void ProfileCondOpInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
+ ArrayRef<Init *> CondRange,
+ ArrayRef<Init *> ValRange,
+ const RecTy *ValType) {
+ assert(CondRange.size() == ValRange.size() &&
+ "Number of conditions and values must match!");
+ ID.AddPointer(ValType);
+ ArrayRef<Init *>::iterator Case = CondRange.begin();
+ ArrayRef<Init *>::iterator Val = ValRange.begin();
+
+ while (Case != CondRange.end()) {
+ ID.AddPointer(*Case++);
+ ID.AddPointer(*Val++);
+ }
+}
+
+void CondOpInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileCondOpInit(ID, ArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<Init *>(), NumConds),
+ ArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<Init *>() + NumConds, NumConds),
+ ValType);
+}
+
+CondOpInit *CondOpInit::get(ArrayRef<Init *> CondRange,
+ ArrayRef<Init *> ValRange, RecTy *Ty) {
+ assert(CondRange.size() == ValRange.size() &&
+ "Number of conditions and values must match!");
+
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileCondOpInit(ID, CondRange, ValRange, Ty);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = Ty->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (CondOpInit *I = RK.TheCondOpInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ void *Mem = RK.Allocator.Allocate(
+ totalSizeToAlloc<Init *>(2 * CondRange.size()), alignof(BitsInit));
+ CondOpInit *I = new(Mem) CondOpInit(CondRange.size(), Ty);
+
+ std::uninitialized_copy(CondRange.begin(), CondRange.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<Init *>());
+ std::uninitialized_copy(ValRange.begin(), ValRange.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<Init *>()+CondRange.size());
+ RK.TheCondOpInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+Init *CondOpInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ SmallVector<Init*, 4> NewConds;
+ bool Changed = false;
+ for (const Init *Case : getConds()) {
+ Init *NewCase = Case->resolveReferences(R);
+ NewConds.push_back(NewCase);
+ Changed |= NewCase != Case;
+ }
+
+ SmallVector<Init*, 4> NewVals;
+ for (const Init *Val : getVals()) {
+ Init *NewVal = Val->resolveReferences(R);
+ NewVals.push_back(NewVal);
+ Changed |= NewVal != Val;
+ }
+
+ if (Changed)
+ return (CondOpInit::get(NewConds, NewVals,
+ getValType()))->Fold(R.getCurrentRecord());
+
+ return const_cast<CondOpInit *>(this);
+}
+
+Init *CondOpInit::Fold(Record *CurRec) const {
+ RecordKeeper &RK = getRecordKeeper();
+ for ( unsigned i = 0; i < NumConds; ++i) {
+ Init *Cond = getCond(i);
+ Init *Val = getVal(i);
+
+ if (IntInit *CondI = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(
+ Cond->convertInitializerTo(IntRecTy::get(RK)))) {
+ if (CondI->getValue())
+ return Val->convertInitializerTo(getValType());
+ } else {
+ return const_cast<CondOpInit *>(this);
+ }
+ }
+
+ PrintFatalError(CurRec->getLoc(),
+ CurRec->getName() +
+ " does not have any true condition in:" +
+ this->getAsString());
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+bool CondOpInit::isConcrete() const {
+ for (const Init *Case : getConds())
+ if (!Case->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+
+ for (const Init *Val : getVals())
+ if (!Val->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool CondOpInit::isComplete() const {
+ for (const Init *Case : getConds())
+ if (!Case->isComplete())
+ return false;
+
+ for (const Init *Val : getVals())
+ if (!Val->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+std::string CondOpInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result = "!cond(";
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < getNumConds(); i++) {
+ Result += getCond(i)->getAsString() + ": ";
+ Result += getVal(i)->getAsString();
+ if (i != getNumConds()-1)
+ Result += ", ";
+ }
+ return Result + ")";
+}
+
+Init *CondOpInit::getBit(unsigned Bit) const {
+ return VarBitInit::get(const_cast<CondOpInit *>(this), Bit);
+}
+
+static void ProfileDagInit(FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Init *V, StringInit *VN,
+ ArrayRef<Init *> ArgRange,
+ ArrayRef<StringInit *> NameRange) {
+ ID.AddPointer(V);
+ ID.AddPointer(VN);
+
+ ArrayRef<Init *>::iterator Arg = ArgRange.begin();
+ ArrayRef<StringInit *>::iterator Name = NameRange.begin();
+ while (Arg != ArgRange.end()) {
+ assert(Name != NameRange.end() && "Arg name underflow!");
+ ID.AddPointer(*Arg++);
+ ID.AddPointer(*Name++);
+ }
+ assert(Name == NameRange.end() && "Arg name overflow!");
+}
+
+DagInit *DagInit::get(Init *V, StringInit *VN, ArrayRef<Init *> ArgRange,
+ ArrayRef<StringInit *> NameRange) {
+ assert(ArgRange.size() == NameRange.size());
+ FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+ ProfileDagInit(ID, V, VN, ArgRange, NameRange);
+
+ detail::RecordKeeperImpl &RK = V->getRecordKeeper().getImpl();
+ void *IP = nullptr;
+ if (DagInit *I = RK.TheDagInitPool.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
+ return I;
+
+ void *Mem = RK.Allocator.Allocate(
+ totalSizeToAlloc<Init *, StringInit *>(ArgRange.size(), NameRange.size()),
+ alignof(BitsInit));
+ DagInit *I = new (Mem) DagInit(V, VN, ArgRange.size(), NameRange.size());
+ std::uninitialized_copy(ArgRange.begin(), ArgRange.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<Init *>());
+ std::uninitialized_copy(NameRange.begin(), NameRange.end(),
+ I->getTrailingObjects<StringInit *>());
+ RK.TheDagInitPool.InsertNode(I, IP);
+ return I;
+}
+
+DagInit *
+DagInit::get(Init *V, StringInit *VN,
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Init*, StringInit*>> args) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> Args;
+ SmallVector<StringInit *, 8> Names;
+
+ for (const auto &Arg : args) {
+ Args.push_back(Arg.first);
+ Names.push_back(Arg.second);
+ }
+
+ return DagInit::get(V, VN, Args, Names);
+}
+
+void DagInit::Profile(FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
+ ProfileDagInit(ID, Val, ValName,
+ ArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<Init *>(), NumArgs),
+ ArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<StringInit *>(), NumArgNames));
+}
+
+Record *DagInit::getOperatorAsDef(ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) const {
+ if (DefInit *DefI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(Val))
+ return DefI->getDef();
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Expected record as operator");
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+Init *DagInit::resolveReferences(Resolver &R) const {
+ SmallVector<Init*, 8> NewArgs;
+ NewArgs.reserve(arg_size());
+ bool ArgsChanged = false;
+ for (const Init *Arg : getArgs()) {
+ Init *NewArg = Arg->resolveReferences(R);
+ NewArgs.push_back(NewArg);
+ ArgsChanged |= NewArg != Arg;
+ }
+
+ Init *Op = Val->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (Op != Val || ArgsChanged)
+ return DagInit::get(Op, ValName, NewArgs, getArgNames());
+
+ return const_cast<DagInit *>(this);
+}
+
+bool DagInit::isConcrete() const {
+ if (!Val->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+ for (const Init *Elt : getArgs()) {
+ if (!Elt->isConcrete())
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+std::string DagInit::getAsString() const {
+ std::string Result = "(" + Val->getAsString();
+ if (ValName)
+ Result += ":" + ValName->getAsUnquotedString();
+ if (!arg_empty()) {
+ Result += " " + getArg(0)->getAsString();
+ if (getArgName(0)) Result += ":$" + getArgName(0)->getAsUnquotedString();
+ for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
+ Result += ", " + getArg(i)->getAsString();
+ if (getArgName(i)) Result += ":$" + getArgName(i)->getAsUnquotedString();
+ }
+ }
+ return Result + ")";
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Other implementations
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+RecordVal::RecordVal(Init *N, RecTy *T, FieldKind K)
+ : Name(N), TyAndKind(T, K) {
+ setValue(UnsetInit::get(N->getRecordKeeper()));
+ assert(Value && "Cannot create unset value for current type!");
+}
+
+// This constructor accepts the same arguments as the above, but also
+// a source location.
+RecordVal::RecordVal(Init *N, SMLoc Loc, RecTy *T, FieldKind K)
+ : Name(N), Loc(Loc), TyAndKind(T, K) {
+ setValue(UnsetInit::get(N->getRecordKeeper()));
+ assert(Value && "Cannot create unset value for current type!");
+}
+
+StringRef RecordVal::getName() const {
+ return cast<StringInit>(getNameInit())->getValue();
+}
+
+std::string RecordVal::getPrintType() const {
+ if (getType() == StringRecTy::get(getRecordKeeper())) {
+ if (auto *StrInit = dyn_cast<StringInit>(Value)) {
+ if (StrInit->hasCodeFormat())
+ return "code";
+ else
+ return "string";
+ } else {
+ return "string";
+ }
+ } else {
+ return TyAndKind.getPointer()->getAsString();
+ }
+}
+
+bool RecordVal::setValue(Init *V) {
+ if (V) {
+ Value = V->getCastTo(getType());
+ if (Value) {
+ assert(!isa<TypedInit>(Value) ||
+ cast<TypedInit>(Value)->getType()->typeIsA(getType()));
+ if (BitsRecTy *BTy = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(getType())) {
+ if (!isa<BitsInit>(Value)) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 64> Bits;
+ Bits.reserve(BTy->getNumBits());
+ for (unsigned I = 0, E = BTy->getNumBits(); I < E; ++I)
+ Bits.push_back(Value->getBit(I));
+ Value = BitsInit::get(V->getRecordKeeper(), Bits);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return Value == nullptr;
+ }
+ Value = nullptr;
+ return false;
+}
+
+// This version of setValue takes a source location and resets the
+// location in the RecordVal.
+bool RecordVal::setValue(Init *V, SMLoc NewLoc) {
+ Loc = NewLoc;
+ if (V) {
+ Value = V->getCastTo(getType());
+ if (Value) {
+ assert(!isa<TypedInit>(Value) ||
+ cast<TypedInit>(Value)->getType()->typeIsA(getType()));
+ if (BitsRecTy *BTy = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(getType())) {
+ if (!isa<BitsInit>(Value)) {
+ SmallVector<Init *, 64> Bits;
+ Bits.reserve(BTy->getNumBits());
+ for (unsigned I = 0, E = BTy->getNumBits(); I < E; ++I)
+ Bits.push_back(Value->getBit(I));
+ Value = BitsInit::get(getRecordKeeper(), Bits);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return Value == nullptr;
+ }
+ Value = nullptr;
+ return false;
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void RecordVal::dump() const { errs() << *this; }
+#endif
+
+void RecordVal::print(raw_ostream &OS, bool PrintSem) const {
+ if (isNonconcreteOK()) OS << "field ";
+ OS << getPrintType() << " " << getNameInitAsString();
+
+ if (getValue())
+ OS << " = " << *getValue();
+
+ if (PrintSem) OS << ";\n";
+}
+
+void Record::updateClassLoc(SMLoc Loc) {
+ assert(Locs.size() == 1);
+ ForwardDeclarationLocs.push_back(Locs.front());
+
+ Locs.clear();
+ Locs.push_back(Loc);
+}
+
+void Record::checkName() {
+ // Ensure the record name has string type.
+ const TypedInit *TypedName = cast<const TypedInit>(Name);
+ if (!isa<StringRecTy>(TypedName->getType()))
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), Twine("Record name '") + Name->getAsString() +
+ "' is not a string!");
+}
+
+RecordRecTy *Record::getType() {
+ SmallVector<Record *, 4> DirectSCs;
+ getDirectSuperClasses(DirectSCs);
+ return RecordRecTy::get(TrackedRecords, DirectSCs);
+}
+
+DefInit *Record::getDefInit() {
+ if (!CorrespondingDefInit) {
+ CorrespondingDefInit =
+ new (TrackedRecords.getImpl().Allocator) DefInit(this);
+ }
+ return CorrespondingDefInit;
+}
+
+unsigned Record::getNewUID(RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ return RK.getImpl().LastRecordID++;
+}
+
+void Record::setName(Init *NewName) {
+ Name = NewName;
+ checkName();
+ // DO NOT resolve record values to the name at this point because
+ // there might be default values for arguments of this def. Those
+ // arguments might not have been resolved yet so we don't want to
+ // prematurely assume values for those arguments were not passed to
+ // this def.
+ //
+ // Nonetheless, it may be that some of this Record's values
+ // reference the record name. Indeed, the reason for having the
+ // record name be an Init is to provide this flexibility. The extra
+ // resolve steps after completely instantiating defs takes care of
+ // this. See TGParser::ParseDef and TGParser::ParseDefm.
+}
+
+// NOTE for the next two functions:
+// Superclasses are in post-order, so the final one is a direct
+// superclass. All of its transitive superclases immediately precede it,
+// so we can step through the direct superclasses in reverse order.
+
+bool Record::hasDirectSuperClass(const Record *Superclass) const {
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> SCs = getSuperClasses();
+
+ for (int I = SCs.size() - 1; I >= 0; --I) {
+ const Record *SC = SCs[I].first;
+ if (SC == Superclass)
+ return true;
+ I -= SC->getSuperClasses().size();
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void Record::getDirectSuperClasses(SmallVectorImpl<Record *> &Classes) const {
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> SCs = getSuperClasses();
+
+ while (!SCs.empty()) {
+ Record *SC = SCs.back().first;
+ SCs = SCs.drop_back(1 + SC->getSuperClasses().size());
+ Classes.push_back(SC);
+ }
+}
+
+void Record::resolveReferences(Resolver &R, const RecordVal *SkipVal) {
+ Init *OldName = getNameInit();
+ Init *NewName = Name->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (NewName != OldName) {
+ // Re-register with RecordKeeper.
+ setName(NewName);
+ }
+
+ // Resolve the field values.
+ for (RecordVal &Value : Values) {
+ if (SkipVal == &Value) // Skip resolve the same field as the given one
+ continue;
+ if (Init *V = Value.getValue()) {
+ Init *VR = V->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (Value.setValue(VR)) {
+ std::string Type;
+ if (TypedInit *VRT = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(VR))
+ Type =
+ (Twine("of type '") + VRT->getType()->getAsString() + "' ").str();
+ PrintFatalError(
+ getLoc(),
+ Twine("Invalid value ") + Type + "found when setting field '" +
+ Value.getNameInitAsString() + "' of type '" +
+ Value.getType()->getAsString() +
+ "' after resolving references: " + VR->getAsUnquotedString() +
+ "\n");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Resolve the assertion expressions.
+ for (auto &Assertion : Assertions) {
+ Init *Value = Assertion.Condition->resolveReferences(R);
+ Assertion.Condition = Value;
+ Value = Assertion.Message->resolveReferences(R);
+ Assertion.Message = Value;
+ }
+}
+
+void Record::resolveReferences(Init *NewName) {
+ RecordResolver R(*this);
+ R.setName(NewName);
+ R.setFinal(true);
+ resolveReferences(R);
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void Record::dump() const { errs() << *this; }
+#endif
+
+raw_ostream &llvm::operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const Record &R) {
+ OS << R.getNameInitAsString();
+
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = R.getTemplateArgs();
+ if (!TArgs.empty()) {
+ OS << "<";
+ bool NeedComma = false;
+ for (const Init *TA : TArgs) {
+ if (NeedComma) OS << ", ";
+ NeedComma = true;
+ const RecordVal *RV = R.getValue(TA);
+ assert(RV && "Template argument record not found??");
+ RV->print(OS, false);
+ }
+ OS << ">";
+ }
+
+ OS << " {";
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> SC = R.getSuperClasses();
+ if (!SC.empty()) {
+ OS << "\t//";
+ for (const auto &SuperPair : SC)
+ OS << " " << SuperPair.first->getNameInitAsString();
+ }
+ OS << "\n";
+
+ for (const RecordVal &Val : R.getValues())
+ if (Val.isNonconcreteOK() && !R.isTemplateArg(Val.getNameInit()))
+ OS << Val;
+ for (const RecordVal &Val : R.getValues())
+ if (!Val.isNonconcreteOK() && !R.isTemplateArg(Val.getNameInit()))
+ OS << Val;
+
+ return OS << "}\n";
+}
+
+SMLoc Record::getFieldLoc(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R)
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+ return R->getLoc();
+}
+
+Init *Record::getValueInit(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+ return R->getValue();
+}
+
+StringRef Record::getValueAsString(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ std::optional<StringRef> S = getValueAsOptionalString(FieldName);
+ if (!S)
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+ return *S;
+}
+
+std::optional<StringRef>
+Record::getValueAsOptionalString(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ return std::nullopt;
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return std::nullopt;
+
+ if (StringInit *SI = dyn_cast<StringInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return SI->getValue();
+
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(),
+ "Record `" + getName() + "', ` field `" + FieldName +
+ "' exists but does not have a string initializer!");
+}
+
+BitsInit *Record::getValueAsBitsInit(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (BitsInit *BI = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return BI;
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" + FieldName +
+ "' exists but does not have a bits value");
+}
+
+ListInit *Record::getValueAsListInit(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (ListInit *LI = dyn_cast<ListInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return LI;
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" + FieldName +
+ "' exists but does not have a list value");
+}
+
+std::vector<Record*>
+Record::getValueAsListOfDefs(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ ListInit *List = getValueAsListInit(FieldName);
+ std::vector<Record*> Defs;
+ for (Init *I : List->getValues()) {
+ if (DefInit *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(I))
+ Defs.push_back(DI->getDef());
+ else
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName + "' list is not entirely DefInit!");
+ }
+ return Defs;
+}
+
+int64_t Record::getValueAsInt(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (IntInit *II = dyn_cast<IntInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return II->getValue();
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), Twine("Record `") + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName +
+ "' exists but does not have an int value: " +
+ R->getValue()->getAsString());
+}
+
+std::vector<int64_t>
+Record::getValueAsListOfInts(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ ListInit *List = getValueAsListInit(FieldName);
+ std::vector<int64_t> Ints;
+ for (Init *I : List->getValues()) {
+ if (IntInit *II = dyn_cast<IntInit>(I))
+ Ints.push_back(II->getValue());
+ else
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(),
+ Twine("Record `") + getName() + "', field `" + FieldName +
+ "' exists but does not have a list of ints value: " +
+ I->getAsString());
+ }
+ return Ints;
+}
+
+std::vector<StringRef>
+Record::getValueAsListOfStrings(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ ListInit *List = getValueAsListInit(FieldName);
+ std::vector<StringRef> Strings;
+ for (Init *I : List->getValues()) {
+ if (StringInit *SI = dyn_cast<StringInit>(I))
+ Strings.push_back(SI->getValue());
+ else
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(),
+ Twine("Record `") + getName() + "', field `" + FieldName +
+ "' exists but does not have a list of strings value: " +
+ I->getAsString());
+ }
+ return Strings;
+}
+
+Record *Record::getValueAsDef(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (DefInit *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return DI->getDef();
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName + "' does not have a def initializer!");
+}
+
+Record *Record::getValueAsOptionalDef(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (DefInit *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return DI->getDef();
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return nullptr;
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName + "' does not have either a def initializer or '?'!");
+}
+
+
+bool Record::getValueAsBit(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (BitInit *BI = dyn_cast<BitInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return BI->getValue();
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName + "' does not have a bit initializer!");
+}
+
+bool Record::getValueAsBitOrUnset(StringRef FieldName, bool &Unset) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName.str() + "'!\n");
+
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(R->getValue())) {
+ Unset = true;
+ return false;
+ }
+ Unset = false;
+ if (BitInit *BI = dyn_cast<BitInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return BI->getValue();
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName + "' does not have a bit initializer!");
+}
+
+DagInit *Record::getValueAsDag(StringRef FieldName) const {
+ const RecordVal *R = getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!R || !R->getValue())
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() +
+ "' does not have a field named `" + FieldName + "'!\n");
+
+ if (DagInit *DI = dyn_cast<DagInit>(R->getValue()))
+ return DI;
+ PrintFatalError(getLoc(), "Record `" + getName() + "', field `" +
+ FieldName + "' does not have a dag initializer!");
+}
+
+// Check all record assertions: For each one, resolve the condition
+// and message, then call CheckAssert().
+// Note: The condition and message are probably already resolved,
+// but resolving again allows calls before records are resolved.
+void Record::checkRecordAssertions() {
+ RecordResolver R(*this);
+ R.setFinal(true);
+
+ for (const auto &Assertion : getAssertions()) {
+ Init *Condition = Assertion.Condition->resolveReferences(R);
+ Init *Message = Assertion.Message->resolveReferences(R);
+ CheckAssert(Assertion.Loc, Condition, Message);
+ }
+}
+
+// Report a warning if the record has unused template arguments.
+void Record::checkUnusedTemplateArgs() {
+ for (const Init *TA : getTemplateArgs()) {
+ const RecordVal *Arg = getValue(TA);
+ if (!Arg->isUsed())
+ PrintWarning(Arg->getLoc(),
+ "unused template argument: " + Twine(Arg->getName()));
+ }
+}
+
+RecordKeeper::RecordKeeper()
+ : Impl(std::make_unique<detail::RecordKeeperImpl>(*this)) {}
+RecordKeeper::~RecordKeeper() = default;
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void RecordKeeper::dump() const { errs() << *this; }
+#endif
+
+raw_ostream &llvm::operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const RecordKeeper &RK) {
+ OS << "------------- Classes -----------------\n";
+ for (const auto &C : RK.getClasses())
+ OS << "class " << *C.second;
+
+ OS << "------------- Defs -----------------\n";
+ for (const auto &D : RK.getDefs())
+ OS << "def " << *D.second;
+ return OS;
+}
+
+/// GetNewAnonymousName - Generate a unique anonymous name that can be used as
+/// an identifier.
+Init *RecordKeeper::getNewAnonymousName() {
+ return AnonymousNameInit::get(*this, getImpl().AnonCounter++);
+}
+
+// These functions implement the phase timing facility. Starting a timer
+// when one is already running stops the running one.
+
+void RecordKeeper::startTimer(StringRef Name) {
+ if (TimingGroup) {
+ if (LastTimer && LastTimer->isRunning()) {
+ LastTimer->stopTimer();
+ if (BackendTimer) {
+ LastTimer->clear();
+ BackendTimer = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ LastTimer = new Timer("", Name, *TimingGroup);
+ LastTimer->startTimer();
+ }
+}
+
+void RecordKeeper::stopTimer() {
+ if (TimingGroup) {
+ assert(LastTimer && "No phase timer was started");
+ LastTimer->stopTimer();
+ }
+}
+
+void RecordKeeper::startBackendTimer(StringRef Name) {
+ if (TimingGroup) {
+ startTimer(Name);
+ BackendTimer = true;
+ }
+}
+
+void RecordKeeper::stopBackendTimer() {
+ if (TimingGroup) {
+ if (BackendTimer) {
+ stopTimer();
+ BackendTimer = false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+std::vector<Record *>
+RecordKeeper::getAllDerivedDefinitions(StringRef ClassName) const {
+ // We cache the record vectors for single classes. Many backends request
+ // the same vectors multiple times.
+ auto Pair = ClassRecordsMap.try_emplace(ClassName);
+ if (Pair.second)
+ Pair.first->second = getAllDerivedDefinitions(ArrayRef(ClassName));
+
+ return Pair.first->second;
+}
+
+std::vector<Record *> RecordKeeper::getAllDerivedDefinitions(
+ ArrayRef<StringRef> ClassNames) const {
+ SmallVector<Record *, 2> ClassRecs;
+ std::vector<Record *> Defs;
+
+ assert(ClassNames.size() > 0 && "At least one class must be passed.");
+ for (const auto &ClassName : ClassNames) {
+ Record *Class = getClass(ClassName);
+ if (!Class)
+ PrintFatalError("The class '" + ClassName + "' is not defined\n");
+ ClassRecs.push_back(Class);
+ }
+
+ for (const auto &OneDef : getDefs()) {
+ if (all_of(ClassRecs, [&OneDef](const Record *Class) {
+ return OneDef.second->isSubClassOf(Class);
+ }))
+ Defs.push_back(OneDef.second.get());
+ }
+
+ return Defs;
+}
+
+std::vector<Record *>
+RecordKeeper::getAllDerivedDefinitionsIfDefined(StringRef ClassName) const {
+ return getClass(ClassName) ? getAllDerivedDefinitions(ClassName)
+ : std::vector<Record *>();
+}
+
+Init *MapResolver::resolve(Init *VarName) {
+ auto It = Map.find(VarName);
+ if (It == Map.end())
+ return nullptr;
+
+ Init *I = It->second.V;
+
+ if (!It->second.Resolved && Map.size() > 1) {
+ // Resolve mutual references among the mapped variables, but prevent
+ // infinite recursion.
+ Map.erase(It);
+ I = I->resolveReferences(*this);
+ Map[VarName] = {I, true};
+ }
+
+ return I;
+}
+
+Init *RecordResolver::resolve(Init *VarName) {
+ Init *Val = Cache.lookup(VarName);
+ if (Val)
+ return Val;
+
+ if (llvm::is_contained(Stack, VarName))
+ return nullptr; // prevent infinite recursion
+
+ if (RecordVal *RV = getCurrentRecord()->getValue(VarName)) {
+ if (!isa<UnsetInit>(RV->getValue())) {
+ Val = RV->getValue();
+ Stack.push_back(VarName);
+ Val = Val->resolveReferences(*this);
+ Stack.pop_back();
+ }
+ } else if (Name && VarName == getCurrentRecord()->getNameInit()) {
+ Stack.push_back(VarName);
+ Val = Name->resolveReferences(*this);
+ Stack.pop_back();
+ }
+
+ Cache[VarName] = Val;
+ return Val;
+}
+
+Init *TrackUnresolvedResolver::resolve(Init *VarName) {
+ Init *I = nullptr;
+
+ if (R) {
+ I = R->resolve(VarName);
+ if (I && !FoundUnresolved) {
+ // Do not recurse into the resolved initializer, as that would change
+ // the behavior of the resolver we're delegating, but do check to see
+ // if there are unresolved variables remaining.
+ TrackUnresolvedResolver Sub;
+ I->resolveReferences(Sub);
+ FoundUnresolved |= Sub.FoundUnresolved;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!I)
+ FoundUnresolved = true;
+ return I;
+}
+
+Init *HasReferenceResolver::resolve(Init *VarName)
+{
+ if (VarName == VarNameToTrack)
+ Found = true;
+ return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/SetTheory.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/SetTheory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3db46aae6d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/SetTheory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+//===- SetTheory.cpp - Generate ordered sets from DAG expressions ---------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the SetTheory class that computes ordered sets of
+// Records from DAG expressions.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/TableGen/SetTheory.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SMLoc.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+// Define the standard operators.
+namespace {
+
+using RecSet = SetTheory::RecSet;
+using RecVec = SetTheory::RecVec;
+
+// (add a, b, ...) Evaluate and union all arguments.
+struct AddOp : public SetTheory::Operator {
+ void apply(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Elts,
+ ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ ST.evaluate(Expr->arg_begin(), Expr->arg_end(), Elts, Loc);
+ }
+};
+
+// (sub Add, Sub, ...) Set difference.
+struct SubOp : public SetTheory::Operator {
+ void apply(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Elts,
+ ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (Expr->arg_size() < 2)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Set difference needs at least two arguments: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ RecSet Add, Sub;
+ ST.evaluate(*Expr->arg_begin(), Add, Loc);
+ ST.evaluate(Expr->arg_begin() + 1, Expr->arg_end(), Sub, Loc);
+ for (const auto &I : Add)
+ if (!Sub.count(I))
+ Elts.insert(I);
+ }
+};
+
+// (and S1, S2) Set intersection.
+struct AndOp : public SetTheory::Operator {
+ void apply(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Elts,
+ ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (Expr->arg_size() != 2)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Set intersection requires two arguments: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ RecSet S1, S2;
+ ST.evaluate(Expr->arg_begin()[0], S1, Loc);
+ ST.evaluate(Expr->arg_begin()[1], S2, Loc);
+ for (const auto &I : S1)
+ if (S2.count(I))
+ Elts.insert(I);
+ }
+};
+
+// SetIntBinOp - Abstract base class for (Op S, N) operators.
+struct SetIntBinOp : public SetTheory::Operator {
+ virtual void apply2(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Set, int64_t N,
+ RecSet &Elts, ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) = 0;
+
+ void apply(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Elts,
+ ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (Expr->arg_size() != 2)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Operator requires (Op Set, Int) arguments: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ RecSet Set;
+ ST.evaluate(Expr->arg_begin()[0], Set, Loc);
+ IntInit *II = dyn_cast<IntInit>(Expr->arg_begin()[1]);
+ if (!II)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Second argument must be an integer: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ apply2(ST, Expr, Set, II->getValue(), Elts, Loc);
+ }
+};
+
+// (shl S, N) Shift left, remove the first N elements.
+struct ShlOp : public SetIntBinOp {
+ void apply2(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Set, int64_t N,
+ RecSet &Elts, ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (N < 0)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Positive shift required: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ if (unsigned(N) < Set.size())
+ Elts.insert(Set.begin() + N, Set.end());
+ }
+};
+
+// (trunc S, N) Truncate after the first N elements.
+struct TruncOp : public SetIntBinOp {
+ void apply2(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Set, int64_t N,
+ RecSet &Elts, ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (N < 0)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Positive length required: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ if (unsigned(N) > Set.size())
+ N = Set.size();
+ Elts.insert(Set.begin(), Set.begin() + N);
+ }
+};
+
+// Left/right rotation.
+struct RotOp : public SetIntBinOp {
+ const bool Reverse;
+
+ RotOp(bool Rev) : Reverse(Rev) {}
+
+ void apply2(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Set, int64_t N,
+ RecSet &Elts, ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (Reverse)
+ N = -N;
+ // N > 0 -> rotate left, N < 0 -> rotate right.
+ if (Set.empty())
+ return;
+ if (N < 0)
+ N = Set.size() - (-N % Set.size());
+ else
+ N %= Set.size();
+ Elts.insert(Set.begin() + N, Set.end());
+ Elts.insert(Set.begin(), Set.begin() + N);
+ }
+};
+
+// (decimate S, N) Pick every N'th element of S.
+struct DecimateOp : public SetIntBinOp {
+ void apply2(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Set, int64_t N,
+ RecSet &Elts, ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ if (N <= 0)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Positive stride required: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ for (unsigned I = 0; I < Set.size(); I += N)
+ Elts.insert(Set[I]);
+ }
+};
+
+// (interleave S1, S2, ...) Interleave elements of the arguments.
+struct InterleaveOp : public SetTheory::Operator {
+ void apply(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Elts,
+ ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ // Evaluate the arguments individually.
+ SmallVector<RecSet, 4> Args(Expr->getNumArgs());
+ unsigned MaxSize = 0;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Expr->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
+ ST.evaluate(Expr->getArg(i), Args[i], Loc);
+ MaxSize = std::max(MaxSize, unsigned(Args[i].size()));
+ }
+ // Interleave arguments into Elts.
+ for (unsigned n = 0; n != MaxSize; ++n)
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Expr->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
+ if (n < Args[i].size())
+ Elts.insert(Args[i][n]);
+ }
+};
+
+// (sequence "Format", From, To) Generate a sequence of records by name.
+struct SequenceOp : public SetTheory::Operator {
+ void apply(SetTheory &ST, DagInit *Expr, RecSet &Elts,
+ ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) override {
+ int Step = 1;
+ if (Expr->arg_size() > 4)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Bad args to (sequence \"Format\", From, To): " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ else if (Expr->arg_size() == 4) {
+ if (IntInit *II = dyn_cast<IntInit>(Expr->arg_begin()[3])) {
+ Step = II->getValue();
+ } else
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Stride must be an integer: " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ }
+
+ std::string Format;
+ if (StringInit *SI = dyn_cast<StringInit>(Expr->arg_begin()[0]))
+ Format = std::string(SI->getValue());
+ else
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Format must be a string: " + Expr->getAsString());
+
+ int64_t From, To;
+ if (IntInit *II = dyn_cast<IntInit>(Expr->arg_begin()[1]))
+ From = II->getValue();
+ else
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "From must be an integer: " + Expr->getAsString());
+ if (From < 0 || From >= (1 << 30))
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "From out of range");
+
+ if (IntInit *II = dyn_cast<IntInit>(Expr->arg_begin()[2]))
+ To = II->getValue();
+ else
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "To must be an integer: " + Expr->getAsString());
+ if (To < 0 || To >= (1 << 30))
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "To out of range");
+
+ RecordKeeper &Records =
+ cast<DefInit>(Expr->getOperator())->getDef()->getRecords();
+
+ Step *= From <= To ? 1 : -1;
+ while (true) {
+ if (Step > 0 && From > To)
+ break;
+ else if (Step < 0 && From < To)
+ break;
+ std::string Name;
+ raw_string_ostream OS(Name);
+ OS << format(Format.c_str(), unsigned(From));
+ Record *Rec = Records.getDef(OS.str());
+ if (!Rec)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "No def named '" + Name + "': " +
+ Expr->getAsString());
+ // Try to reevaluate Rec in case it is a set.
+ if (const RecVec *Result = ST.expand(Rec))
+ Elts.insert(Result->begin(), Result->end());
+ else
+ Elts.insert(Rec);
+
+ From += Step;
+ }
+ }
+};
+
+// Expand a Def into a set by evaluating one of its fields.
+struct FieldExpander : public SetTheory::Expander {
+ StringRef FieldName;
+
+ FieldExpander(StringRef fn) : FieldName(fn) {}
+
+ void expand(SetTheory &ST, Record *Def, RecSet &Elts) override {
+ ST.evaluate(Def->getValueInit(FieldName), Elts, Def->getLoc());
+ }
+};
+
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+// Pin the vtables to this file.
+void SetTheory::Operator::anchor() {}
+void SetTheory::Expander::anchor() {}
+
+SetTheory::SetTheory() {
+ addOperator("add", std::make_unique<AddOp>());
+ addOperator("sub", std::make_unique<SubOp>());
+ addOperator("and", std::make_unique<AndOp>());
+ addOperator("shl", std::make_unique<ShlOp>());
+ addOperator("trunc", std::make_unique<TruncOp>());
+ addOperator("rotl", std::make_unique<RotOp>(false));
+ addOperator("rotr", std::make_unique<RotOp>(true));
+ addOperator("decimate", std::make_unique<DecimateOp>());
+ addOperator("interleave", std::make_unique<InterleaveOp>());
+ addOperator("sequence", std::make_unique<SequenceOp>());
+}
+
+void SetTheory::addOperator(StringRef Name, std::unique_ptr<Operator> Op) {
+ Operators[Name] = std::move(Op);
+}
+
+void SetTheory::addExpander(StringRef ClassName, std::unique_ptr<Expander> E) {
+ Expanders[ClassName] = std::move(E);
+}
+
+void SetTheory::addFieldExpander(StringRef ClassName, StringRef FieldName) {
+ addExpander(ClassName, std::make_unique<FieldExpander>(FieldName));
+}
+
+void SetTheory::evaluate(Init *Expr, RecSet &Elts, ArrayRef<SMLoc> Loc) {
+ // A def in a list can be a just an element, or it may expand.
+ if (DefInit *Def = dyn_cast<DefInit>(Expr)) {
+ if (const RecVec *Result = expand(Def->getDef()))
+ return Elts.insert(Result->begin(), Result->end());
+ Elts.insert(Def->getDef());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Lists simply expand.
+ if (ListInit *LI = dyn_cast<ListInit>(Expr))
+ return evaluate(LI->begin(), LI->end(), Elts, Loc);
+
+ // Anything else must be a DAG.
+ DagInit *DagExpr = dyn_cast<DagInit>(Expr);
+ if (!DagExpr)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Invalid set element: " + Expr->getAsString());
+ DefInit *OpInit = dyn_cast<DefInit>(DagExpr->getOperator());
+ if (!OpInit)
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Bad set expression: " + Expr->getAsString());
+ auto I = Operators.find(OpInit->getDef()->getName());
+ if (I == Operators.end())
+ PrintFatalError(Loc, "Unknown set operator: " + Expr->getAsString());
+ I->second->apply(*this, DagExpr, Elts, Loc);
+}
+
+const RecVec *SetTheory::expand(Record *Set) {
+ // Check existing entries for Set and return early.
+ ExpandMap::iterator I = Expansions.find(Set);
+ if (I != Expansions.end())
+ return &I->second;
+
+ // This is the first time we see Set. Find a suitable expander.
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> SC = Set->getSuperClasses();
+ for (const auto &SCPair : SC) {
+ // Skip unnamed superclasses.
+ if (!isa<StringInit>(SCPair.first->getNameInit()))
+ continue;
+ auto I = Expanders.find(SCPair.first->getName());
+ if (I != Expanders.end()) {
+ // This breaks recursive definitions.
+ RecVec &EltVec = Expansions[Set];
+ RecSet Elts;
+ I->second->expand(*this, Set, Elts);
+ EltVec.assign(Elts.begin(), Elts.end());
+ return &EltVec;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Set is not expandable.
+ return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/StringMatcher.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/StringMatcher.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c169b4e0a362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/StringMatcher.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+//===- StringMatcher.cpp - Generate a matcher for input strings -----------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file implements the StringMatcher class.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/TableGen/StringMatcher.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <map>
+#include <string>
+#include <utility>
+#include <vector>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+/// FindFirstNonCommonLetter - Find the first character in the keys of the
+/// string pairs that is not shared across the whole set of strings. All
+/// strings are assumed to have the same length.
+static unsigned
+FindFirstNonCommonLetter(const std::vector<const
+ StringMatcher::StringPair*> &Matches) {
+ assert(!Matches.empty());
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Matches[0]->first.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ // Check to see if letter i is the same across the set.
+ char Letter = Matches[0]->first[i];
+
+ for (const StringMatcher::StringPair *Match : Matches)
+ if (Match->first[i] != Letter)
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ return Matches[0]->first.size();
+}
+
+/// EmitStringMatcherForChar - Given a set of strings that are known to be the
+/// same length and whose characters leading up to CharNo are the same, emit
+/// code to verify that CharNo and later are the same.
+///
+/// \return - True if control can leave the emitted code fragment.
+bool StringMatcher::EmitStringMatcherForChar(
+ const std::vector<const StringPair *> &Matches, unsigned CharNo,
+ unsigned IndentCount, bool IgnoreDuplicates) const {
+ assert(!Matches.empty() && "Must have at least one string to match!");
+ std::string Indent(IndentCount * 2 + 4, ' ');
+
+ // If we have verified that the entire string matches, we're done: output the
+ // matching code.
+ if (CharNo == Matches[0]->first.size()) {
+ if (Matches.size() > 1 && !IgnoreDuplicates)
+ report_fatal_error("Had duplicate keys to match on");
+
+ // If the to-execute code has \n's in it, indent each subsequent line.
+ StringRef Code = Matches[0]->second;
+
+ std::pair<StringRef, StringRef> Split = Code.split('\n');
+ OS << Indent << Split.first << "\t // \"" << Matches[0]->first << "\"\n";
+
+ Code = Split.second;
+ while (!Code.empty()) {
+ Split = Code.split('\n');
+ OS << Indent << Split.first << "\n";
+ Code = Split.second;
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Bucket the matches by the character we are comparing.
+ std::map<char, std::vector<const StringPair*>> MatchesByLetter;
+
+ for (const StringPair *Match : Matches)
+ MatchesByLetter[Match->first[CharNo]].push_back(Match);
+
+ // If we have exactly one bucket to match, see how many characters are common
+ // across the whole set and match all of them at once.
+ if (MatchesByLetter.size() == 1) {
+ unsigned FirstNonCommonLetter = FindFirstNonCommonLetter(Matches);
+ unsigned NumChars = FirstNonCommonLetter-CharNo;
+
+ // Emit code to break out if the prefix doesn't match.
+ if (NumChars == 1) {
+ // Do the comparison with if (Str[1] != 'f')
+ // FIXME: Need to escape general characters.
+ OS << Indent << "if (" << StrVariableName << "[" << CharNo << "] != '"
+ << Matches[0]->first[CharNo] << "')\n";
+ OS << Indent << " break;\n";
+ } else {
+ // Do the comparison with if memcmp(Str.data()+1, "foo", 3).
+ // FIXME: Need to escape general strings.
+ OS << Indent << "if (memcmp(" << StrVariableName << ".data()+" << CharNo
+ << ", \"" << Matches[0]->first.substr(CharNo, NumChars) << "\", "
+ << NumChars << ") != 0)\n";
+ OS << Indent << " break;\n";
+ }
+
+ return EmitStringMatcherForChar(Matches, FirstNonCommonLetter, IndentCount,
+ IgnoreDuplicates);
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, we have multiple possible things, emit a switch on the
+ // character.
+ OS << Indent << "switch (" << StrVariableName << "[" << CharNo << "]) {\n";
+ OS << Indent << "default: break;\n";
+
+ for (const auto &LI : MatchesByLetter) {
+ // TODO: escape hard stuff (like \n) if we ever care about it.
+ OS << Indent << "case '" << LI.first << "':\t // " << LI.second.size()
+ << " string";
+ if (LI.second.size() != 1)
+ OS << 's';
+ OS << " to match.\n";
+ if (EmitStringMatcherForChar(LI.second, CharNo + 1, IndentCount + 1,
+ IgnoreDuplicates))
+ OS << Indent << " break;\n";
+ }
+
+ OS << Indent << "}\n";
+ return true;
+}
+
+/// Emit - Top level entry point.
+///
+void StringMatcher::Emit(unsigned Indent, bool IgnoreDuplicates) const {
+ // If nothing to match, just fall through.
+ if (Matches.empty()) return;
+
+ // First level categorization: group strings by length.
+ std::map<unsigned, std::vector<const StringPair*>> MatchesByLength;
+
+ for (const StringPair &Match : Matches)
+ MatchesByLength[Match.first.size()].push_back(&Match);
+
+ // Output a switch statement on length and categorize the elements within each
+ // bin.
+ OS.indent(Indent*2+2) << "switch (" << StrVariableName << ".size()) {\n";
+ OS.indent(Indent*2+2) << "default: break;\n";
+
+ for (const auto &LI : MatchesByLength) {
+ OS.indent(Indent * 2 + 2)
+ << "case " << LI.first << ":\t // " << LI.second.size() << " string"
+ << (LI.second.size() == 1 ? "" : "s") << " to match.\n";
+ if (EmitStringMatcherForChar(LI.second, 0, Indent, IgnoreDuplicates))
+ OS.indent(Indent*2+4) << "break;\n";
+ }
+
+ OS.indent(Indent*2+2) << "}\n";
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f2148b40a1b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1044 @@
+//===- TGLexer.cpp - Lexer for TableGen -----------------------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Implement the Lexer for TableGen.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "TGLexer.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Config/config.h" // for strtoull()/strtoll() define
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SourceMgr.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cctype>
+#include <cerrno>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <cstdio>
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <cstring>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+namespace {
+// A list of supported preprocessing directives with their
+// internal token kinds and names.
+struct {
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind;
+ const char *Word;
+} PreprocessorDirs[] = {
+ { tgtok::Ifdef, "ifdef" },
+ { tgtok::Ifndef, "ifndef" },
+ { tgtok::Else, "else" },
+ { tgtok::Endif, "endif" },
+ { tgtok::Define, "define" }
+};
+} // end anonymous namespace
+
+TGLexer::TGLexer(SourceMgr &SM, ArrayRef<std::string> Macros) : SrcMgr(SM) {
+ CurBuffer = SrcMgr.getMainFileID();
+ CurBuf = SrcMgr.getMemoryBuffer(CurBuffer)->getBuffer();
+ CurPtr = CurBuf.begin();
+ TokStart = nullptr;
+
+ // Pretend that we enter the "top-level" include file.
+ PrepIncludeStack.push_back(
+ std::make_unique<std::vector<PreprocessorControlDesc>>());
+
+ // Put all macros defined in the command line into the DefinedMacros set.
+ for (const std::string &MacroName : Macros)
+ DefinedMacros.insert(MacroName);
+}
+
+SMLoc TGLexer::getLoc() const {
+ return SMLoc::getFromPointer(TokStart);
+}
+
+SMRange TGLexer::getLocRange() const {
+ return {getLoc(), SMLoc::getFromPointer(CurPtr)};
+}
+
+/// ReturnError - Set the error to the specified string at the specified
+/// location. This is defined to always return tgtok::Error.
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::ReturnError(SMLoc Loc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ PrintError(Loc, Msg);
+ return tgtok::Error;
+}
+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::ReturnError(const char *Loc, const Twine &Msg) {
+ return ReturnError(SMLoc::getFromPointer(Loc), Msg);
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::processEOF() {
+ SMLoc ParentIncludeLoc = SrcMgr.getParentIncludeLoc(CurBuffer);
+ if (ParentIncludeLoc != SMLoc()) {
+ // If prepExitInclude() detects a problem with the preprocessing
+ // control stack, it will return false. Pretend that we reached
+ // the final EOF and stop lexing more tokens by returning false
+ // to LexToken().
+ if (!prepExitInclude(false))
+ return false;
+
+ CurBuffer = SrcMgr.FindBufferContainingLoc(ParentIncludeLoc);
+ CurBuf = SrcMgr.getMemoryBuffer(CurBuffer)->getBuffer();
+ CurPtr = ParentIncludeLoc.getPointer();
+ // Make sure TokStart points into the parent file's buffer.
+ // LexToken() assigns to it before calling getNextChar(),
+ // so it is pointing into the included file now.
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Pretend that we exit the "top-level" include file.
+ // Note that in case of an error (e.g. control stack imbalance)
+ // the routine will issue a fatal error.
+ prepExitInclude(true);
+ return false;
+}
+
+int TGLexer::getNextChar() {
+ char CurChar = *CurPtr++;
+ switch (CurChar) {
+ default:
+ return (unsigned char)CurChar;
+
+ case 0: {
+ // A NUL character in the stream is either the end of the current buffer or
+ // a spurious NUL in the file. Disambiguate that here.
+ if (CurPtr - 1 == CurBuf.end()) {
+ --CurPtr; // Arrange for another call to return EOF again.
+ return EOF;
+ }
+ PrintError(getLoc(),
+ "NUL character is invalid in source; treated as space");
+ return ' ';
+ }
+
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ // Handle the newline character by ignoring it and incrementing the line
+ // count. However, be careful about 'dos style' files with \n\r in them.
+ // Only treat a \n\r or \r\n as a single line.
+ if ((*CurPtr == '\n' || (*CurPtr == '\r')) &&
+ *CurPtr != CurChar)
+ ++CurPtr; // Eat the two char newline sequence.
+ return '\n';
+ }
+}
+
+int TGLexer::peekNextChar(int Index) const {
+ return *(CurPtr + Index);
+}
+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexToken(bool FileOrLineStart) {
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+ // This always consumes at least one character.
+ int CurChar = getNextChar();
+
+ switch (CurChar) {
+ default:
+ // Handle letters: [a-zA-Z_]
+ if (isalpha(CurChar) || CurChar == '_')
+ return LexIdentifier();
+
+ // Unknown character, emit an error.
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Unexpected character");
+ case EOF:
+ // Lex next token, if we just left an include file.
+ // Note that leaving an include file means that the next
+ // symbol is located at the end of the 'include "..."'
+ // construct, so LexToken() is called with default
+ // false parameter.
+ if (processEOF())
+ return LexToken();
+
+ // Return EOF denoting the end of lexing.
+ return tgtok::Eof;
+
+ case ':': return tgtok::colon;
+ case ';': return tgtok::semi;
+ case ',': return tgtok::comma;
+ case '<': return tgtok::less;
+ case '>': return tgtok::greater;
+ case ']': return tgtok::r_square;
+ case '{': return tgtok::l_brace;
+ case '}': return tgtok::r_brace;
+ case '(': return tgtok::l_paren;
+ case ')': return tgtok::r_paren;
+ case '=': return tgtok::equal;
+ case '?': return tgtok::question;
+ case '#':
+ if (FileOrLineStart) {
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind = prepIsDirective();
+ if (Kind != tgtok::Error)
+ return lexPreprocessor(Kind);
+ }
+
+ return tgtok::paste;
+
+ // The period is a separate case so we can recognize the "..."
+ // range punctuator.
+ case '.':
+ if (peekNextChar(0) == '.') {
+ ++CurPtr; // Eat second dot.
+ if (peekNextChar(0) == '.') {
+ ++CurPtr; // Eat third dot.
+ return tgtok::dotdotdot;
+ }
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Invalid '..' punctuation");
+ }
+ return tgtok::dot;
+
+ case '\r':
+ PrintFatalError("getNextChar() must never return '\r'");
+ return tgtok::Error;
+
+ case ' ':
+ case '\t':
+ // Ignore whitespace.
+ return LexToken(FileOrLineStart);
+ case '\n':
+ // Ignore whitespace, and identify the new line.
+ return LexToken(true);
+ case '/':
+ // If this is the start of a // comment, skip until the end of the line or
+ // the end of the buffer.
+ if (*CurPtr == '/')
+ SkipBCPLComment();
+ else if (*CurPtr == '*') {
+ if (SkipCComment())
+ return tgtok::Error;
+ } else // Otherwise, this is an error.
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Unexpected character");
+ return LexToken(FileOrLineStart);
+ case '-': case '+':
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6':
+ case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+ int NextChar = 0;
+ if (isdigit(CurChar)) {
+ // Allow identifiers to start with a number if it is followed by
+ // an identifier. This can happen with paste operations like
+ // foo#8i.
+ int i = 0;
+ do {
+ NextChar = peekNextChar(i++);
+ } while (isdigit(NextChar));
+
+ if (NextChar == 'x' || NextChar == 'b') {
+ // If this is [0-9]b[01] or [0-9]x[0-9A-fa-f] this is most
+ // likely a number.
+ int NextNextChar = peekNextChar(i);
+ switch (NextNextChar) {
+ default:
+ break;
+ case '0': case '1':
+ if (NextChar == 'b')
+ return LexNumber();
+ [[fallthrough]];
+ case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+ case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+ case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+ case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+ if (NextChar == 'x')
+ return LexNumber();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isalpha(NextChar) || NextChar == '_')
+ return LexIdentifier();
+
+ return LexNumber();
+ }
+ case '"': return LexString();
+ case '$': return LexVarName();
+ case '[': return LexBracket();
+ case '!': return LexExclaim();
+ }
+}
+
+/// LexString - Lex "[^"]*"
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexString() {
+ const char *StrStart = CurPtr;
+
+ CurStrVal = "";
+
+ while (*CurPtr != '"') {
+ // If we hit the end of the buffer, report an error.
+ if (*CurPtr == 0 && CurPtr == CurBuf.end())
+ return ReturnError(StrStart, "End of file in string literal");
+
+ if (*CurPtr == '\n' || *CurPtr == '\r')
+ return ReturnError(StrStart, "End of line in string literal");
+
+ if (*CurPtr != '\\') {
+ CurStrVal += *CurPtr++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ switch (*CurPtr) {
+ case '\\': case '\'': case '"':
+ // These turn into their literal character.
+ CurStrVal += *CurPtr++;
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ CurStrVal += '\t';
+ ++CurPtr;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ CurStrVal += '\n';
+ ++CurPtr;
+ break;
+
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr, "escaped newlines not supported in tblgen");
+
+ // If we hit the end of the buffer, report an error.
+ case '\0':
+ if (CurPtr == CurBuf.end())
+ return ReturnError(StrStart, "End of file in string literal");
+ [[fallthrough]];
+ default:
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr, "invalid escape in string literal");
+ }
+ }
+
+ ++CurPtr;
+ return tgtok::StrVal;
+}
+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexVarName() {
+ if (!isalpha(CurPtr[0]) && CurPtr[0] != '_')
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Invalid variable name");
+
+ // Otherwise, we're ok, consume the rest of the characters.
+ const char *VarNameStart = CurPtr++;
+
+ while (isalpha(*CurPtr) || isdigit(*CurPtr) || *CurPtr == '_')
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ CurStrVal.assign(VarNameStart, CurPtr);
+ return tgtok::VarName;
+}
+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexIdentifier() {
+ // The first letter is [a-zA-Z_].
+ const char *IdentStart = TokStart;
+
+ // Match the rest of the identifier regex: [0-9a-zA-Z_]*
+ while (isalpha(*CurPtr) || isdigit(*CurPtr) || *CurPtr == '_')
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ // Check to see if this identifier is a reserved keyword.
+ StringRef Str(IdentStart, CurPtr-IdentStart);
+
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind = StringSwitch<tgtok::TokKind>(Str)
+ .Case("int", tgtok::Int)
+ .Case("bit", tgtok::Bit)
+ .Case("bits", tgtok::Bits)
+ .Case("string", tgtok::String)
+ .Case("list", tgtok::List)
+ .Case("code", tgtok::Code)
+ .Case("dag", tgtok::Dag)
+ .Case("class", tgtok::Class)
+ .Case("def", tgtok::Def)
+ .Case("true", tgtok::TrueVal)
+ .Case("false", tgtok::FalseVal)
+ .Case("foreach", tgtok::Foreach)
+ .Case("defm", tgtok::Defm)
+ .Case("defset", tgtok::Defset)
+ .Case("multiclass", tgtok::MultiClass)
+ .Case("field", tgtok::Field)
+ .Case("let", tgtok::Let)
+ .Case("in", tgtok::In)
+ .Case("defvar", tgtok::Defvar)
+ .Case("include", tgtok::Include)
+ .Case("if", tgtok::If)
+ .Case("then", tgtok::Then)
+ .Case("else", tgtok::ElseKW)
+ .Case("assert", tgtok::Assert)
+ .Default(tgtok::Id);
+
+ // A couple of tokens require special processing.
+ switch (Kind) {
+ case tgtok::Include:
+ if (LexInclude()) return tgtok::Error;
+ return Lex();
+ case tgtok::Id:
+ CurStrVal.assign(Str.begin(), Str.end());
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return Kind;
+}
+
+/// LexInclude - We just read the "include" token. Get the string token that
+/// comes next and enter the include.
+bool TGLexer::LexInclude() {
+ // The token after the include must be a string.
+ tgtok::TokKind Tok = LexToken();
+ if (Tok == tgtok::Error) return true;
+ if (Tok != tgtok::StrVal) {
+ PrintError(getLoc(), "Expected filename after include");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Get the string.
+ std::string Filename = CurStrVal;
+ std::string IncludedFile;
+
+ CurBuffer = SrcMgr.AddIncludeFile(Filename, SMLoc::getFromPointer(CurPtr),
+ IncludedFile);
+ if (!CurBuffer) {
+ PrintError(getLoc(), "Could not find include file '" + Filename + "'");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Dependencies.insert(IncludedFile);
+ // Save the line number and lex buffer of the includer.
+ CurBuf = SrcMgr.getMemoryBuffer(CurBuffer)->getBuffer();
+ CurPtr = CurBuf.begin();
+
+ PrepIncludeStack.push_back(
+ std::make_unique<std::vector<PreprocessorControlDesc>>());
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// SkipBCPLComment - Skip over the comment by finding the next CR or LF.
+/// Or we may end up at the end of the buffer.
+void TGLexer::SkipBCPLComment() {
+ ++CurPtr; // skip the second slash.
+ auto EOLPos = CurBuf.find_first_of("\r\n", CurPtr - CurBuf.data());
+ CurPtr = (EOLPos == StringRef::npos) ? CurBuf.end() : CurBuf.data() + EOLPos;
+}
+
+/// SkipCComment - This skips C-style /**/ comments. The only difference from C
+/// is that we allow nesting.
+bool TGLexer::SkipCComment() {
+ ++CurPtr; // skip the star.
+ unsigned CommentDepth = 1;
+
+ while (true) {
+ int CurChar = getNextChar();
+ switch (CurChar) {
+ case EOF:
+ PrintError(TokStart, "Unterminated comment!");
+ return true;
+ case '*':
+ // End of the comment?
+ if (CurPtr[0] != '/') break;
+
+ ++CurPtr; // End the */.
+ if (--CommentDepth == 0)
+ return false;
+ break;
+ case '/':
+ // Start of a nested comment?
+ if (CurPtr[0] != '*') break;
+ ++CurPtr;
+ ++CommentDepth;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// LexNumber - Lex:
+/// [-+]?[0-9]+
+/// 0x[0-9a-fA-F]+
+/// 0b[01]+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexNumber() {
+ if (CurPtr[-1] == '0') {
+ if (CurPtr[0] == 'x') {
+ ++CurPtr;
+ const char *NumStart = CurPtr;
+ while (isxdigit(CurPtr[0]))
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ // Requires at least one hex digit.
+ if (CurPtr == NumStart)
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Invalid hexadecimal number");
+
+ errno = 0;
+ CurIntVal = strtoll(NumStart, nullptr, 16);
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Invalid hexadecimal number");
+ if (errno == ERANGE) {
+ errno = 0;
+ CurIntVal = (int64_t)strtoull(NumStart, nullptr, 16);
+ if (errno == EINVAL)
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Invalid hexadecimal number");
+ if (errno == ERANGE)
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Hexadecimal number out of range");
+ }
+ return tgtok::IntVal;
+ } else if (CurPtr[0] == 'b') {
+ ++CurPtr;
+ const char *NumStart = CurPtr;
+ while (CurPtr[0] == '0' || CurPtr[0] == '1')
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ // Requires at least one binary digit.
+ if (CurPtr == NumStart)
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr-2, "Invalid binary number");
+ CurIntVal = strtoll(NumStart, nullptr, 2);
+ return tgtok::BinaryIntVal;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check for a sign without a digit.
+ if (!isdigit(CurPtr[0])) {
+ if (CurPtr[-1] == '-')
+ return tgtok::minus;
+ else if (CurPtr[-1] == '+')
+ return tgtok::plus;
+ }
+
+ while (isdigit(CurPtr[0]))
+ ++CurPtr;
+ CurIntVal = strtoll(TokStart, nullptr, 10);
+ return tgtok::IntVal;
+}
+
+/// LexBracket - We just read '['. If this is a code block, return it,
+/// otherwise return the bracket. Match: '[' and '[{ ( [^}]+ | }[^]] )* }]'
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexBracket() {
+ if (CurPtr[0] != '{')
+ return tgtok::l_square;
+ ++CurPtr;
+ const char *CodeStart = CurPtr;
+ while (true) {
+ int Char = getNextChar();
+ if (Char == EOF) break;
+
+ if (Char != '}') continue;
+
+ Char = getNextChar();
+ if (Char == EOF) break;
+ if (Char == ']') {
+ CurStrVal.assign(CodeStart, CurPtr-2);
+ return tgtok::CodeFragment;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ReturnError(CodeStart - 2, "Unterminated code block");
+}
+
+/// LexExclaim - Lex '!' and '![a-zA-Z]+'.
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::LexExclaim() {
+ if (!isalpha(*CurPtr))
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr - 1, "Invalid \"!operator\"");
+
+ const char *Start = CurPtr++;
+ while (isalpha(*CurPtr))
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ // Check to see which operator this is.
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind =
+ StringSwitch<tgtok::TokKind>(StringRef(Start, CurPtr - Start))
+ .Case("eq", tgtok::XEq)
+ .Case("ne", tgtok::XNe)
+ .Case("le", tgtok::XLe)
+ .Case("lt", tgtok::XLt)
+ .Case("ge", tgtok::XGe)
+ .Case("gt", tgtok::XGt)
+ .Case("if", tgtok::XIf)
+ .Case("cond", tgtok::XCond)
+ .Case("isa", tgtok::XIsA)
+ .Case("head", tgtok::XHead)
+ .Case("tail", tgtok::XTail)
+ .Case("size", tgtok::XSize)
+ .Case("con", tgtok::XConcat)
+ .Case("dag", tgtok::XDag)
+ .Case("add", tgtok::XADD)
+ .Case("sub", tgtok::XSUB)
+ .Case("mul", tgtok::XMUL)
+ .Case("div", tgtok::XDIV)
+ .Case("not", tgtok::XNOT)
+ .Case("logtwo", tgtok::XLOG2)
+ .Case("and", tgtok::XAND)
+ .Case("or", tgtok::XOR)
+ .Case("xor", tgtok::XXOR)
+ .Case("shl", tgtok::XSHL)
+ .Case("sra", tgtok::XSRA)
+ .Case("srl", tgtok::XSRL)
+ .Case("cast", tgtok::XCast)
+ .Case("empty", tgtok::XEmpty)
+ .Case("subst", tgtok::XSubst)
+ .Case("foldl", tgtok::XFoldl)
+ .Case("foreach", tgtok::XForEach)
+ .Case("filter", tgtok::XFilter)
+ .Case("listconcat", tgtok::XListConcat)
+ .Case("listsplat", tgtok::XListSplat)
+ .Case("listremove", tgtok::XListRemove)
+ .Case("strconcat", tgtok::XStrConcat)
+ .Case("interleave", tgtok::XInterleave)
+ .Case("substr", tgtok::XSubstr)
+ .Case("find", tgtok::XFind)
+ .Cases("setdagop", "setop", tgtok::XSetDagOp) // !setop is deprecated.
+ .Cases("getdagop", "getop", tgtok::XGetDagOp) // !getop is deprecated.
+ .Case("exists", tgtok::XExists)
+ .Default(tgtok::Error);
+
+ return Kind != tgtok::Error ? Kind : ReturnError(Start-1, "Unknown operator");
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::prepExitInclude(bool IncludeStackMustBeEmpty) {
+ // Report an error, if preprocessor control stack for the current
+ // file is not empty.
+ if (!PrepIncludeStack.back()->empty()) {
+ prepReportPreprocessorStackError();
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Pop the preprocessing controls from the include stack.
+ if (PrepIncludeStack.empty()) {
+ PrintFatalError("Preprocessor include stack is empty");
+ }
+
+ PrepIncludeStack.pop_back();
+
+ if (IncludeStackMustBeEmpty) {
+ if (!PrepIncludeStack.empty())
+ PrintFatalError("Preprocessor include stack is not empty");
+ } else {
+ if (PrepIncludeStack.empty())
+ PrintFatalError("Preprocessor include stack is empty");
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::prepIsDirective() const {
+ for (const auto &PD : PreprocessorDirs) {
+ int NextChar = *CurPtr;
+ bool Match = true;
+ unsigned I = 0;
+ for (; I < strlen(PD.Word); ++I) {
+ if (NextChar != PD.Word[I]) {
+ Match = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ NextChar = peekNextChar(I + 1);
+ }
+
+ // Check for whitespace after the directive. If there is no whitespace,
+ // then we do not recognize it as a preprocessing directive.
+ if (Match) {
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind = PD.Kind;
+
+ // New line and EOF may follow only #else/#endif. It will be reported
+ // as an error for #ifdef/#define after the call to prepLexMacroName().
+ if (NextChar == ' ' || NextChar == '\t' || NextChar == EOF ||
+ NextChar == '\n' ||
+ // It looks like TableGen does not support '\r' as the actual
+ // carriage return, e.g. getNextChar() treats a single '\r'
+ // as '\n'. So we do the same here.
+ NextChar == '\r')
+ return Kind;
+
+ // Allow comments after some directives, e.g.:
+ // #else// OR #else/**/
+ // #endif// OR #endif/**/
+ //
+ // Note that we do allow comments after #ifdef/#define here, e.g.
+ // #ifdef/**/ AND #ifdef//
+ // #define/**/ AND #define//
+ //
+ // These cases will be reported as incorrect after calling
+ // prepLexMacroName(). We could have supported C-style comments
+ // after #ifdef/#define, but this would complicate the code
+ // for little benefit.
+ if (NextChar == '/') {
+ NextChar = peekNextChar(I + 1);
+
+ if (NextChar == '*' || NextChar == '/')
+ return Kind;
+
+ // Pretend that we do not recognize the directive.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return tgtok::Error;
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::prepEatPreprocessorDirective(tgtok::TokKind Kind) {
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+
+ for (const auto &PD : PreprocessorDirs)
+ if (PD.Kind == Kind) {
+ // Advance CurPtr to the end of the preprocessing word.
+ CurPtr += strlen(PD.Word);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ PrintFatalError("Unsupported preprocessing token in "
+ "prepEatPreprocessorDirective()");
+ return false;
+}
+
+tgtok::TokKind TGLexer::lexPreprocessor(
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind, bool ReturnNextLiveToken) {
+
+ // We must be looking at a preprocessing directive. Eat it!
+ if (!prepEatPreprocessorDirective(Kind))
+ PrintFatalError("lexPreprocessor() called for unknown "
+ "preprocessor directive");
+
+ if (Kind == tgtok::Ifdef || Kind == tgtok::Ifndef) {
+ StringRef MacroName = prepLexMacroName();
+ StringRef IfTokName = Kind == tgtok::Ifdef ? "#ifdef" : "#ifndef";
+ if (MacroName.empty())
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Expected macro name after " + IfTokName);
+
+ bool MacroIsDefined = DefinedMacros.count(MacroName) != 0;
+
+ // Canonicalize ifndef to ifdef equivalent
+ if (Kind == tgtok::Ifndef) {
+ MacroIsDefined = !MacroIsDefined;
+ Kind = tgtok::Ifdef;
+ }
+
+ // Regardless of whether we are processing tokens or not,
+ // we put the #ifdef control on stack.
+ PrepIncludeStack.back()->push_back(
+ {Kind, MacroIsDefined, SMLoc::getFromPointer(TokStart)});
+
+ if (!prepSkipDirectiveEnd())
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr, "Only comments are supported after " +
+ IfTokName + " NAME");
+
+ // If we were not processing tokens before this #ifdef,
+ // then just return back to the lines skipping code.
+ if (!ReturnNextLiveToken)
+ return Kind;
+
+ // If we were processing tokens before this #ifdef,
+ // and the macro is defined, then just return the next token.
+ if (MacroIsDefined)
+ return LexToken();
+
+ // We were processing tokens before this #ifdef, and the macro
+ // is not defined, so we have to start skipping the lines.
+ // If the skipping is successful, it will return the token following
+ // either #else or #endif corresponding to this #ifdef.
+ if (prepSkipRegion(ReturnNextLiveToken))
+ return LexToken();
+
+ return tgtok::Error;
+ } else if (Kind == tgtok::Else) {
+ // Check if this #else is correct before calling prepSkipDirectiveEnd(),
+ // which will move CurPtr away from the beginning of #else.
+ if (PrepIncludeStack.back()->empty())
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "#else without #ifdef or #ifndef");
+
+ PreprocessorControlDesc IfdefEntry = PrepIncludeStack.back()->back();
+
+ if (IfdefEntry.Kind != tgtok::Ifdef) {
+ PrintError(TokStart, "double #else");
+ return ReturnError(IfdefEntry.SrcPos, "Previous #else is here");
+ }
+
+ // Replace the corresponding #ifdef's control with its negation
+ // on the control stack.
+ PrepIncludeStack.back()->pop_back();
+ PrepIncludeStack.back()->push_back(
+ {Kind, !IfdefEntry.IsDefined, SMLoc::getFromPointer(TokStart)});
+
+ if (!prepSkipDirectiveEnd())
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr, "Only comments are supported after #else");
+
+ // If we were processing tokens before this #else,
+ // we have to start skipping lines until the matching #endif.
+ if (ReturnNextLiveToken) {
+ if (prepSkipRegion(ReturnNextLiveToken))
+ return LexToken();
+
+ return tgtok::Error;
+ }
+
+ // Return to the lines skipping code.
+ return Kind;
+ } else if (Kind == tgtok::Endif) {
+ // Check if this #endif is correct before calling prepSkipDirectiveEnd(),
+ // which will move CurPtr away from the beginning of #endif.
+ if (PrepIncludeStack.back()->empty())
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "#endif without #ifdef");
+
+ auto &IfdefOrElseEntry = PrepIncludeStack.back()->back();
+
+ if (IfdefOrElseEntry.Kind != tgtok::Ifdef &&
+ IfdefOrElseEntry.Kind != tgtok::Else) {
+ PrintFatalError("Invalid preprocessor control on the stack");
+ return tgtok::Error;
+ }
+
+ if (!prepSkipDirectiveEnd())
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr, "Only comments are supported after #endif");
+
+ PrepIncludeStack.back()->pop_back();
+
+ // If we were processing tokens before this #endif, then
+ // we should continue it.
+ if (ReturnNextLiveToken) {
+ return LexToken();
+ }
+
+ // Return to the lines skipping code.
+ return Kind;
+ } else if (Kind == tgtok::Define) {
+ StringRef MacroName = prepLexMacroName();
+ if (MacroName.empty())
+ return ReturnError(TokStart, "Expected macro name after #define");
+
+ if (!DefinedMacros.insert(MacroName).second)
+ PrintWarning(getLoc(),
+ "Duplicate definition of macro: " + Twine(MacroName));
+
+ if (!prepSkipDirectiveEnd())
+ return ReturnError(CurPtr,
+ "Only comments are supported after #define NAME");
+
+ if (!ReturnNextLiveToken) {
+ PrintFatalError("#define must be ignored during the lines skipping");
+ return tgtok::Error;
+ }
+
+ return LexToken();
+ }
+
+ PrintFatalError("Preprocessing directive is not supported");
+ return tgtok::Error;
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::prepSkipRegion(bool MustNeverBeFalse) {
+ if (!MustNeverBeFalse)
+ PrintFatalError("Invalid recursion.");
+
+ do {
+ // Skip all symbols to the line end.
+ prepSkipToLineEnd();
+
+ // Find the first non-whitespace symbol in the next line(s).
+ if (!prepSkipLineBegin())
+ return false;
+
+ // If the first non-blank/comment symbol on the line is '#',
+ // it may be a start of preprocessing directive.
+ //
+ // If it is not '#' just go to the next line.
+ if (*CurPtr == '#')
+ ++CurPtr;
+ else
+ continue;
+
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind = prepIsDirective();
+
+ // If we did not find a preprocessing directive or it is #define,
+ // then just skip to the next line. We do not have to do anything
+ // for #define in the line-skipping mode.
+ if (Kind == tgtok::Error || Kind == tgtok::Define)
+ continue;
+
+ tgtok::TokKind ProcessedKind = lexPreprocessor(Kind, false);
+
+ // If lexPreprocessor() encountered an error during lexing this
+ // preprocessor idiom, then return false to the calling lexPreprocessor().
+ // This will force tgtok::Error to be returned to the tokens processing.
+ if (ProcessedKind == tgtok::Error)
+ return false;
+
+ if (Kind != ProcessedKind)
+ PrintFatalError("prepIsDirective() and lexPreprocessor() "
+ "returned different token kinds");
+
+ // If this preprocessing directive enables tokens processing,
+ // then return to the lexPreprocessor() and get to the next token.
+ // We can move from line-skipping mode to processing tokens only
+ // due to #else or #endif.
+ if (prepIsProcessingEnabled()) {
+ if (Kind != tgtok::Else && Kind != tgtok::Endif) {
+ PrintFatalError("Tokens processing was enabled by an unexpected "
+ "preprocessing directive");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ } while (CurPtr != CurBuf.end());
+
+ // We have reached the end of the file, but never left the lines-skipping
+ // mode. This means there is no matching #endif.
+ prepReportPreprocessorStackError();
+ return false;
+}
+
+StringRef TGLexer::prepLexMacroName() {
+ // Skip whitespaces between the preprocessing directive and the macro name.
+ while (*CurPtr == ' ' || *CurPtr == '\t')
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+ // Macro names start with [a-zA-Z_].
+ if (*CurPtr != '_' && !isalpha(*CurPtr))
+ return "";
+
+ // Match the rest of the identifier regex: [0-9a-zA-Z_]*
+ while (isalpha(*CurPtr) || isdigit(*CurPtr) || *CurPtr == '_')
+ ++CurPtr;
+
+ return StringRef(TokStart, CurPtr - TokStart);
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::prepSkipLineBegin() {
+ while (CurPtr != CurBuf.end()) {
+ switch (*CurPtr) {
+ case ' ':
+ case '\t':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ break;
+
+ case '/': {
+ int NextChar = peekNextChar(1);
+ if (NextChar == '*') {
+ // Skip C-style comment.
+ // Note that we do not care about skipping the C++-style comments.
+ // If the line contains "//", it may not contain any processable
+ // preprocessing directive. Just return CurPtr pointing to
+ // the first '/' in this case. We also do not care about
+ // incorrect symbols after the first '/' - we are in lines-skipping
+ // mode, so incorrect code is allowed to some extent.
+
+ // Set TokStart to the beginning of the comment to enable proper
+ // diagnostic printing in case of error in SkipCComment().
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+
+ // CurPtr must point to '*' before call to SkipCComment().
+ ++CurPtr;
+ if (SkipCComment())
+ return false;
+ } else {
+ // CurPtr points to the non-whitespace '/'.
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // We must not increment CurPtr after the comment was lexed.
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ ++CurPtr;
+ }
+
+ // We have reached the end of the file. Return to the lines skipping
+ // code, and allow it to handle the EOF as needed.
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::prepSkipDirectiveEnd() {
+ while (CurPtr != CurBuf.end()) {
+ switch (*CurPtr) {
+ case ' ':
+ case '\t':
+ break;
+
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ return true;
+
+ case '/': {
+ int NextChar = peekNextChar(1);
+ if (NextChar == '/') {
+ // Skip C++-style comment.
+ // We may just return true now, but let's skip to the line/buffer end
+ // to simplify the method specification.
+ ++CurPtr;
+ SkipBCPLComment();
+ } else if (NextChar == '*') {
+ // When we are skipping C-style comment at the end of a preprocessing
+ // directive, we can skip several lines. If any meaningful TD token
+ // follows the end of the C-style comment on the same line, it will
+ // be considered as an invalid usage of TD token.
+ // For example, we want to forbid usages like this one:
+ // #define MACRO class Class {}
+ // But with C-style comments we also disallow the following:
+ // #define MACRO /* This macro is used
+ // to ... */ class Class {}
+ // One can argue that this should be allowed, but it does not seem
+ // to be worth of the complication. Moreover, this matches
+ // the C preprocessor behavior.
+
+ // Set TokStart to the beginning of the comment to enable proper
+ // diagnostic printer in case of error in SkipCComment().
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+ ++CurPtr;
+ if (SkipCComment())
+ return false;
+ } else {
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+ PrintError(CurPtr, "Unexpected character");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // We must not increment CurPtr after the comment was lexed.
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ // Do not allow any non-whitespaces after the directive.
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ++CurPtr;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void TGLexer::prepSkipToLineEnd() {
+ while (*CurPtr != '\n' && *CurPtr != '\r' && CurPtr != CurBuf.end())
+ ++CurPtr;
+}
+
+bool TGLexer::prepIsProcessingEnabled() {
+ for (const PreprocessorControlDesc &I :
+ llvm::reverse(*PrepIncludeStack.back()))
+ if (!I.IsDefined)
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void TGLexer::prepReportPreprocessorStackError() {
+ if (PrepIncludeStack.back()->empty())
+ PrintFatalError("prepReportPreprocessorStackError() called with "
+ "empty control stack");
+
+ auto &PrepControl = PrepIncludeStack.back()->back();
+ PrintError(CurBuf.end(), "Reached EOF without matching #endif");
+ PrintError(PrepControl.SrcPos, "The latest preprocessor control is here");
+
+ TokStart = CurPtr;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.h b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..284f1bade9de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGLexer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+//===- TGLexer.h - Lexer for TableGen Files ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This class represents the Lexer for tablegen files.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_LIB_TABLEGEN_TGLEXER_H
+#define LLVM_LIB_TABLEGEN_TGLEXER_H
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/SMLoc.h"
+#include <cassert>
+#include <memory>
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace llvm {
+template <typename T> class ArrayRef;
+class SourceMgr;
+class Twine;
+
+namespace tgtok {
+ enum TokKind {
+ // Markers
+ Eof, Error,
+
+ // Tokens with no info.
+ minus, plus, // - +
+ l_square, r_square, // [ ]
+ l_brace, r_brace, // { }
+ l_paren, r_paren, // ( )
+ less, greater, // < >
+ colon, semi, // : ;
+ comma, dot, // , .
+ equal, question, // = ?
+ paste, // #
+ dotdotdot, // ...
+
+ // Reserved keywords. ('ElseKW' is named to distinguish it from the
+ // existing 'Else' that means the preprocessor #else.)
+ Assert, Bit, Bits, Class, Code, Dag, Def, Defm, Defset, Defvar, ElseKW,
+ FalseKW, Field, Foreach, If, In, Include, Int, Let, List, MultiClass,
+ String, Then, TrueKW,
+
+ // Bang operators.
+ XConcat, XADD, XSUB, XMUL, XDIV, XNOT, XLOG2, XAND, XOR, XXOR, XSRA, XSRL,
+ XSHL, XListConcat, XListSplat, XStrConcat, XInterleave, XSubstr, XFind,
+ XCast, XSubst, XForEach, XFilter, XFoldl, XHead, XTail, XSize, XEmpty, XIf,
+ XCond, XEq, XIsA, XDag, XNe, XLe, XLt, XGe, XGt, XSetDagOp, XGetDagOp,
+ XExists, XListRemove,
+
+ // Boolean literals.
+ TrueVal, FalseVal,
+
+ // Integer value.
+ IntVal,
+
+ // Binary constant. Note that these are sized according to the number of
+ // bits given.
+ BinaryIntVal,
+
+ // String valued tokens.
+ Id, StrVal, VarName, CodeFragment,
+
+ // Preprocessing tokens for internal usage by the lexer.
+ // They are never returned as a result of Lex().
+ Ifdef, Ifndef, Else, Endif, Define
+ };
+}
+
+/// TGLexer - TableGen Lexer class.
+class TGLexer {
+ SourceMgr &SrcMgr;
+
+ const char *CurPtr = nullptr;
+ StringRef CurBuf;
+
+ // Information about the current token.
+ const char *TokStart = nullptr;
+ tgtok::TokKind CurCode = tgtok::TokKind::Eof;
+ std::string CurStrVal; // This is valid for Id, StrVal, VarName, CodeFragment
+ int64_t CurIntVal = 0; // This is valid for IntVal.
+
+ /// CurBuffer - This is the current buffer index we're lexing from as managed
+ /// by the SourceMgr object.
+ unsigned CurBuffer = 0;
+
+public:
+ typedef std::set<std::string> DependenciesSetTy;
+
+private:
+ /// Dependencies - This is the list of all included files.
+ DependenciesSetTy Dependencies;
+
+public:
+ TGLexer(SourceMgr &SrcMgr, ArrayRef<std::string> Macros);
+
+ tgtok::TokKind Lex() {
+ return CurCode = LexToken(CurPtr == CurBuf.begin());
+ }
+
+ const DependenciesSetTy &getDependencies() const {
+ return Dependencies;
+ }
+
+ tgtok::TokKind getCode() const { return CurCode; }
+
+ const std::string &getCurStrVal() const {
+ assert((CurCode == tgtok::Id || CurCode == tgtok::StrVal ||
+ CurCode == tgtok::VarName || CurCode == tgtok::CodeFragment) &&
+ "This token doesn't have a string value");
+ return CurStrVal;
+ }
+ int64_t getCurIntVal() const {
+ assert(CurCode == tgtok::IntVal && "This token isn't an integer");
+ return CurIntVal;
+ }
+ std::pair<int64_t, unsigned> getCurBinaryIntVal() const {
+ assert(CurCode == tgtok::BinaryIntVal &&
+ "This token isn't a binary integer");
+ return std::make_pair(CurIntVal, (CurPtr - TokStart)-2);
+ }
+
+ SMLoc getLoc() const;
+ SMRange getLocRange() const;
+
+private:
+ /// LexToken - Read the next token and return its code.
+ tgtok::TokKind LexToken(bool FileOrLineStart = false);
+
+ tgtok::TokKind ReturnError(SMLoc Loc, const Twine &Msg);
+ tgtok::TokKind ReturnError(const char *Loc, const Twine &Msg);
+
+ int getNextChar();
+ int peekNextChar(int Index) const;
+ void SkipBCPLComment();
+ bool SkipCComment();
+ tgtok::TokKind LexIdentifier();
+ bool LexInclude();
+ tgtok::TokKind LexString();
+ tgtok::TokKind LexVarName();
+ tgtok::TokKind LexNumber();
+ tgtok::TokKind LexBracket();
+ tgtok::TokKind LexExclaim();
+
+ // Process EOF encountered in LexToken().
+ // If EOF is met in an include file, then the method will update
+ // CurPtr, CurBuf and preprocessing include stack, and return true.
+ // If EOF is met in the top-level file, then the method will
+ // update and check the preprocessing include stack, and return false.
+ bool processEOF();
+
+ // *** Structures and methods for preprocessing support ***
+
+ // A set of macro names that are defined either via command line or
+ // by using:
+ // #define NAME
+ StringSet<> DefinedMacros;
+
+ // Each of #ifdef and #else directives has a descriptor associated
+ // with it.
+ //
+ // An ordered list of preprocessing controls defined by #ifdef/#else
+ // directives that are in effect currently is called preprocessing
+ // control stack. It is represented as a vector of PreprocessorControlDesc's.
+ //
+ // The control stack is updated according to the following rules:
+ //
+ // For each #ifdef we add an element to the control stack.
+ // For each #else we replace the top element with a descriptor
+ // with an inverted IsDefined value.
+ // For each #endif we pop the top element from the control stack.
+ //
+ // When CurPtr reaches the current buffer's end, the control stack
+ // must be empty, i.e. #ifdef and the corresponding #endif
+ // must be located in the same file.
+ struct PreprocessorControlDesc {
+ // Either tgtok::Ifdef or tgtok::Else.
+ tgtok::TokKind Kind;
+
+ // True, if the condition for this directive is true, false - otherwise.
+ // Examples:
+ // #ifdef NAME : true, if NAME is defined, false - otherwise.
+ // ...
+ // #else : false, if NAME is defined, true - otherwise.
+ bool IsDefined;
+
+ // Pointer into CurBuf to the beginning of the preprocessing directive
+ // word, e.g.:
+ // #ifdef NAME
+ // ^ - SrcPos
+ SMLoc SrcPos;
+ };
+
+ // We want to disallow code like this:
+ // file1.td:
+ // #define NAME
+ // #ifdef NAME
+ // include "file2.td"
+ // EOF
+ // file2.td:
+ // #endif
+ // EOF
+ //
+ // To do this, we clear the preprocessing control stack on entry
+ // to each of the included file. PrepIncludeStack is used to store
+ // preprocessing control stacks for the current file and all its
+ // parent files. The back() element is the preprocessing control
+ // stack for the current file.
+ std::vector<std::unique_ptr<std::vector<PreprocessorControlDesc>>>
+ PrepIncludeStack;
+
+ // Validate that the current preprocessing control stack is empty,
+ // since we are about to exit a file, and pop the include stack.
+ //
+ // If IncludeStackMustBeEmpty is true, the include stack must be empty
+ // after the popping, otherwise, the include stack must not be empty
+ // after the popping. Basically, the include stack must be empty
+ // only if we exit the "top-level" file (i.e. finish lexing).
+ //
+ // The method returns false, if the current preprocessing control stack
+ // is not empty (e.g. there is an unterminated #ifdef/#else),
+ // true - otherwise.
+ bool prepExitInclude(bool IncludeStackMustBeEmpty);
+
+ // Look ahead for a preprocessing directive starting from CurPtr. The caller
+ // must only call this method, if *(CurPtr - 1) is '#'. If the method matches
+ // a preprocessing directive word followed by a whitespace, then it returns
+ // one of the internal token kinds, i.e. Ifdef, Else, Endif, Define.
+ //
+ // CurPtr is not adjusted by this method.
+ tgtok::TokKind prepIsDirective() const;
+
+ // Given a preprocessing token kind, adjusts CurPtr to the end
+ // of the preprocessing directive word. Returns true, unless
+ // an unsupported token kind is passed in.
+ //
+ // We use look-ahead prepIsDirective() and prepEatPreprocessorDirective()
+ // to avoid adjusting CurPtr before we are sure that '#' is followed
+ // by a preprocessing directive. If it is not, then we fall back to
+ // tgtok::paste interpretation of '#'.
+ bool prepEatPreprocessorDirective(tgtok::TokKind Kind);
+
+ // The main "exit" point from the token parsing to preprocessor.
+ //
+ // The method is called for CurPtr, when prepIsDirective() returns
+ // true. The first parameter matches the result of prepIsDirective(),
+ // denoting the actual preprocessor directive to be processed.
+ //
+ // If the preprocessing directive disables the tokens processing, e.g.:
+ // #ifdef NAME // NAME is undefined
+ // then lexPreprocessor() enters the lines-skipping mode.
+ // In this mode, it does not parse any tokens, because the code under
+ // the #ifdef may not even be a correct tablegen code. The preprocessor
+ // looks for lines containing other preprocessing directives, which
+ // may be prepended with whitespaces and C-style comments. If the line
+ // does not contain a preprocessing directive, it is skipped completely.
+ // Otherwise, the preprocessing directive is processed by recursively
+ // calling lexPreprocessor(). The processing of the encountered
+ // preprocessing directives includes updating preprocessing control stack
+ // and adding new macros into DefinedMacros set.
+ //
+ // The second parameter controls whether lexPreprocessor() is called from
+ // LexToken() (true) or recursively from lexPreprocessor() (false).
+ //
+ // If ReturnNextLiveToken is true, the method returns the next
+ // LEX token following the current directive or following the end
+ // of the disabled preprocessing region corresponding to this directive.
+ // If ReturnNextLiveToken is false, the method returns the first parameter,
+ // unless there were errors encountered in the disabled preprocessing
+ // region - in this case, it returns tgtok::Error.
+ tgtok::TokKind lexPreprocessor(tgtok::TokKind Kind,
+ bool ReturnNextLiveToken = true);
+
+ // Worker method for lexPreprocessor() to skip lines after some
+ // preprocessing directive up to the buffer end or to the directive
+ // that re-enables token processing. The method returns true
+ // upon processing the next directive that re-enables tokens
+ // processing. False is returned if an error was encountered.
+ //
+ // Note that prepSkipRegion() calls lexPreprocessor() to process
+ // encountered preprocessing directives. In this case, the second
+ // parameter to lexPreprocessor() is set to false. Being passed
+ // false ReturnNextLiveToken, lexPreprocessor() must never call
+ // prepSkipRegion(). We assert this by passing ReturnNextLiveToken
+ // to prepSkipRegion() and checking that it is never set to false.
+ bool prepSkipRegion(bool MustNeverBeFalse);
+
+ // Lex name of the macro after either #ifdef or #define. We could have used
+ // LexIdentifier(), but it has special handling of "include" word, which
+ // could result in awkward diagnostic errors. Consider:
+ // ----
+ // #ifdef include
+ // class ...
+ // ----
+ // LexIdentifier() will engage LexInclude(), which will complain about
+ // missing file with name "class". Instead, prepLexMacroName() will treat
+ // "include" as a normal macro name.
+ //
+ // On entry, CurPtr points to the end of a preprocessing directive word.
+ // The method allows for whitespaces between the preprocessing directive
+ // and the macro name. The allowed whitespaces are ' ' and '\t'.
+ //
+ // If the first non-whitespace symbol after the preprocessing directive
+ // is a valid start symbol for an identifier (i.e. [a-zA-Z_]), then
+ // the method updates TokStart to the position of the first non-whitespace
+ // symbol, sets CurPtr to the position of the macro name's last symbol,
+ // and returns a string reference to the macro name. Otherwise,
+ // TokStart is set to the first non-whitespace symbol after the preprocessing
+ // directive, and the method returns an empty string reference.
+ //
+ // In all cases, TokStart may be used to point to the word following
+ // the preprocessing directive.
+ StringRef prepLexMacroName();
+
+ // Skip any whitespaces starting from CurPtr. The method is used
+ // only in the lines-skipping mode to find the first non-whitespace
+ // symbol after or at CurPtr. Allowed whitespaces are ' ', '\t', '\n'
+ // and '\r'. The method skips C-style comments as well, because
+ // it is used to find the beginning of the preprocessing directive.
+ // If we do not handle C-style comments the following code would
+ // result in incorrect detection of a preprocessing directive:
+ // /*
+ // #ifdef NAME
+ // */
+ // As long as we skip C-style comments, the following code is correctly
+ // recognized as a preprocessing directive:
+ // /* first line comment
+ // second line comment */ #ifdef NAME
+ //
+ // The method returns true upon reaching the first non-whitespace symbol
+ // or EOF, CurPtr is set to point to this symbol. The method returns false,
+ // if an error occurred during skipping of a C-style comment.
+ bool prepSkipLineBegin();
+
+ // Skip any whitespaces or comments after a preprocessing directive.
+ // The method returns true upon reaching either end of the line
+ // or end of the file. If there is a multiline C-style comment
+ // after the preprocessing directive, the method skips
+ // the comment, so the final CurPtr may point to one of the next lines.
+ // The method returns false, if an error occurred during skipping
+ // C- or C++-style comment, or a non-whitespace symbol appears
+ // after the preprocessing directive.
+ //
+ // The method maybe called both during lines-skipping and tokens
+ // processing. It actually verifies that only whitespaces or/and
+ // comments follow a preprocessing directive.
+ //
+ // After the execution of this mehod, CurPtr points either to new line
+ // symbol, buffer end or non-whitespace symbol following the preprocesing
+ // directive.
+ bool prepSkipDirectiveEnd();
+
+ // Skip all symbols to the end of the line/file.
+ // The method adjusts CurPtr, so that it points to either new line
+ // symbol in the current line or the buffer end.
+ void prepSkipToLineEnd();
+
+ // Return true, if the current preprocessor control stack is such that
+ // we should allow lexer to process the next token, false - otherwise.
+ //
+ // In particular, the method returns true, if all the #ifdef/#else
+ // controls on the stack have their IsDefined member set to true.
+ bool prepIsProcessingEnabled();
+
+ // Report an error, if we reach EOF with non-empty preprocessing control
+ // stack. This means there is no matching #endif for the previous
+ // #ifdef/#else.
+ void prepReportPreprocessorStackError();
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7fc46a8b4a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3931 @@
+//===- TGParser.cpp - Parser for TableGen Files ---------------------------===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// Implement the Parser for TableGen.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "TGParser.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdint>
+#include <limits>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Support Code for the Semantic Actions.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+struct SubClassReference {
+ SMRange RefRange;
+ Record *Rec;
+ SmallVector<Init*, 4> TemplateArgs;
+
+ SubClassReference() : Rec(nullptr) {}
+
+ bool isInvalid() const { return Rec == nullptr; }
+};
+
+struct SubMultiClassReference {
+ SMRange RefRange;
+ MultiClass *MC;
+ SmallVector<Init*, 4> TemplateArgs;
+
+ SubMultiClassReference() : MC(nullptr) {}
+
+ bool isInvalid() const { return MC == nullptr; }
+ void dump() const;
+};
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SubMultiClassReference::dump() const {
+ errs() << "Multiclass:\n";
+
+ MC->dump();
+
+ errs() << "Template args:\n";
+ for (Init *TA : TemplateArgs)
+ TA->dump();
+}
+#endif
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+static bool checkBitsConcrete(Record &R, const RecordVal &RV) {
+ BitsInit *BV = cast<BitsInit>(RV.getValue());
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = BV->getNumBits(); i != e; ++i) {
+ Init *Bit = BV->getBit(i);
+ bool IsReference = false;
+ if (auto VBI = dyn_cast<VarBitInit>(Bit)) {
+ if (auto VI = dyn_cast<VarInit>(VBI->getBitVar())) {
+ if (R.getValue(VI->getName()))
+ IsReference = true;
+ }
+ } else if (isa<VarInit>(Bit)) {
+ IsReference = true;
+ }
+ if (!(IsReference || Bit->isConcrete()))
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void checkConcrete(Record &R) {
+ for (const RecordVal &RV : R.getValues()) {
+ // HACK: Disable this check for variables declared with 'field'. This is
+ // done merely because existing targets have legitimate cases of
+ // non-concrete variables in helper defs. Ideally, we'd introduce a
+ // 'maybe' or 'optional' modifier instead of this.
+ if (RV.isNonconcreteOK())
+ continue;
+
+ if (Init *V = RV.getValue()) {
+ bool Ok = isa<BitsInit>(V) ? checkBitsConcrete(R, RV) : V->isConcrete();
+ if (!Ok) {
+ PrintError(R.getLoc(),
+ Twine("Initializer of '") + RV.getNameInitAsString() +
+ "' in '" + R.getNameInitAsString() +
+ "' could not be fully resolved: " +
+ RV.getValue()->getAsString());
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// Return an Init with a qualifier prefix referring
+/// to CurRec's name.
+static Init *QualifyName(Record &CurRec, MultiClass *CurMultiClass, Init *Name,
+ StringRef Scoper) {
+ RecordKeeper &RK = CurRec.getRecords();
+ Init *NewName = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(CurRec.getNameInit(),
+ StringInit::get(RK, Scoper));
+ NewName = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(NewName, Name);
+ if (CurMultiClass && Scoper != "::") {
+ Init *Prefix = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(CurMultiClass->Rec.getNameInit(),
+ StringInit::get(RK, "::"));
+ NewName = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(Prefix, NewName);
+ }
+
+ if (BinOpInit *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinOpInit>(NewName))
+ NewName = BinOp->Fold(&CurRec);
+ return NewName;
+}
+
+/// Return the qualified version of the implicit 'NAME' template argument.
+static Init *QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(Record &Rec,
+ MultiClass *MC = nullptr) {
+ return QualifyName(Rec, MC, StringInit::get(Rec.getRecords(), "NAME"),
+ MC ? "::" : ":");
+}
+
+static Init *QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(MultiClass *MC) {
+ return QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(MC->Rec, MC);
+}
+
+bool TGParser::AddValue(Record *CurRec, SMLoc Loc, const RecordVal &RV) {
+ if (!CurRec)
+ CurRec = &CurMultiClass->Rec;
+
+ if (RecordVal *ERV = CurRec->getValue(RV.getNameInit())) {
+ // The value already exists in the class, treat this as a set.
+ if (ERV->setValue(RV.getValue()))
+ return Error(Loc, "New definition of '" + RV.getName() + "' of type '" +
+ RV.getType()->getAsString() + "' is incompatible with " +
+ "previous definition of type '" +
+ ERV->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ } else {
+ CurRec->addValue(RV);
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// SetValue -
+/// Return true on error, false on success.
+bool TGParser::SetValue(Record *CurRec, SMLoc Loc, Init *ValName,
+ ArrayRef<unsigned> BitList, Init *V,
+ bool AllowSelfAssignment, bool OverrideDefLoc) {
+ if (!V) return false;
+
+ if (!CurRec) CurRec = &CurMultiClass->Rec;
+
+ RecordVal *RV = CurRec->getValue(ValName);
+ if (!RV)
+ return Error(Loc, "Value '" + ValName->getAsUnquotedString() +
+ "' unknown!");
+
+ // Do not allow assignments like 'X = X'. This will just cause infinite loops
+ // in the resolution machinery.
+ if (BitList.empty())
+ if (VarInit *VI = dyn_cast<VarInit>(V))
+ if (VI->getNameInit() == ValName && !AllowSelfAssignment)
+ return Error(Loc, "Recursion / self-assignment forbidden");
+
+ // If we are assigning to a subset of the bits in the value... then we must be
+ // assigning to a field of BitsRecTy, which must have a BitsInit
+ // initializer.
+ //
+ if (!BitList.empty()) {
+ BitsInit *CurVal = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(RV->getValue());
+ if (!CurVal)
+ return Error(Loc, "Value '" + ValName->getAsUnquotedString() +
+ "' is not a bits type");
+
+ // Convert the incoming value to a bits type of the appropriate size...
+ Init *BI = V->getCastTo(BitsRecTy::get(Records, BitList.size()));
+ if (!BI)
+ return Error(Loc, "Initializer is not compatible with bit range");
+
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits(CurVal->getNumBits());
+
+ // Loop over bits, assigning values as appropriate.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = BitList.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ unsigned Bit = BitList[i];
+ if (NewBits[Bit])
+ return Error(Loc, "Cannot set bit #" + Twine(Bit) + " of value '" +
+ ValName->getAsUnquotedString() + "' more than once");
+ NewBits[Bit] = BI->getBit(i);
+ }
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = CurVal->getNumBits(); i != e; ++i)
+ if (!NewBits[i])
+ NewBits[i] = CurVal->getBit(i);
+
+ V = BitsInit::get(Records, NewBits);
+ }
+
+ if (OverrideDefLoc ? RV->setValue(V, Loc) : RV->setValue(V)) {
+ std::string InitType;
+ if (BitsInit *BI = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(V))
+ InitType = (Twine("' of type bit initializer with length ") +
+ Twine(BI->getNumBits())).str();
+ else if (TypedInit *TI = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(V))
+ InitType = (Twine("' of type '") + TI->getType()->getAsString()).str();
+ return Error(Loc, "Field '" + ValName->getAsUnquotedString() +
+ "' of type '" + RV->getType()->getAsString() +
+ "' is incompatible with value '" +
+ V->getAsString() + InitType + "'");
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// AddSubClass - Add SubClass as a subclass to CurRec, resolving its template
+/// args as SubClass's template arguments.
+bool TGParser::AddSubClass(Record *CurRec, SubClassReference &SubClass) {
+ Record *SC = SubClass.Rec;
+ MapResolver R(CurRec);
+
+ // Loop over all the subclass record's fields. Add template arguments
+ // to the resolver map. Add regular fields to the new record.
+ for (const RecordVal &Field : SC->getValues()) {
+ if (Field.isTemplateArg()) {
+ R.set(Field.getNameInit(), Field.getValue());
+ } else {
+ if (AddValue(CurRec, SubClass.RefRange.Start, Field))
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = SC->getTemplateArgs();
+ assert(SubClass.TemplateArgs.size() <= TArgs.size() &&
+ "Too many template arguments allowed");
+
+ // Loop over the template argument names. If a value was specified,
+ // reset the map value. If not and there was no default, complain.
+ for (unsigned I = 0, E = TArgs.size(); I != E; ++I) {
+ if (I < SubClass.TemplateArgs.size())
+ R.set(TArgs[I], SubClass.TemplateArgs[I]);
+ else if (!R.isComplete(TArgs[I]))
+ return Error(SubClass.RefRange.Start,
+ "Value not specified for template argument '" +
+ TArgs[I]->getAsUnquotedString() + "' (#" + Twine(I) +
+ ") of parent class '" + SC->getNameInitAsString() + "'");
+ }
+
+ // Copy the subclass record's assertions to the new record.
+ CurRec->appendAssertions(SC);
+
+ Init *Name;
+ if (CurRec->isClass())
+ Name = VarInit::get(QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(*CurRec),
+ StringRecTy::get(Records));
+ else
+ Name = CurRec->getNameInit();
+ R.set(QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(*SC), Name);
+
+ CurRec->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ // Since everything went well, we can now set the "superclass" list for the
+ // current record.
+ ArrayRef<std::pair<Record *, SMRange>> SCs = SC->getSuperClasses();
+ for (const auto &SCPair : SCs) {
+ if (CurRec->isSubClassOf(SCPair.first))
+ return Error(SubClass.RefRange.Start,
+ "Already subclass of '" + SCPair.first->getName() + "'!\n");
+ CurRec->addSuperClass(SCPair.first, SCPair.second);
+ }
+
+ if (CurRec->isSubClassOf(SC))
+ return Error(SubClass.RefRange.Start,
+ "Already subclass of '" + SC->getName() + "'!\n");
+ CurRec->addSuperClass(SC, SubClass.RefRange);
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool TGParser::AddSubClass(RecordsEntry &Entry, SubClassReference &SubClass) {
+ if (Entry.Rec)
+ return AddSubClass(Entry.Rec.get(), SubClass);
+
+ if (Entry.Assertion)
+ return false;
+
+ for (auto &E : Entry.Loop->Entries) {
+ if (AddSubClass(E, SubClass))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// AddSubMultiClass - Add SubMultiClass as a subclass to
+/// CurMC, resolving its template args as SubMultiClass's
+/// template arguments.
+bool TGParser::AddSubMultiClass(MultiClass *CurMC,
+ SubMultiClassReference &SubMultiClass) {
+ MultiClass *SMC = SubMultiClass.MC;
+
+ ArrayRef<Init *> SMCTArgs = SMC->Rec.getTemplateArgs();
+ if (SMCTArgs.size() < SubMultiClass.TemplateArgs.size())
+ return Error(SubMultiClass.RefRange.Start,
+ "More template args specified than expected");
+
+ // Prepare the mapping of template argument name to value, filling in default
+ // values if necessary.
+ SubstStack TemplateArgs;
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = SMCTArgs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (i < SubMultiClass.TemplateArgs.size()) {
+ TemplateArgs.emplace_back(SMCTArgs[i], SubMultiClass.TemplateArgs[i]);
+ } else {
+ Init *Default = SMC->Rec.getValue(SMCTArgs[i])->getValue();
+ if (!Default->isComplete()) {
+ return Error(SubMultiClass.RefRange.Start,
+ "value not specified for template argument #" + Twine(i) +
+ " (" + SMCTArgs[i]->getAsUnquotedString() +
+ ") of multiclass '" + SMC->Rec.getNameInitAsString() +
+ "'");
+ }
+ TemplateArgs.emplace_back(SMCTArgs[i], Default);
+ }
+ }
+
+ TemplateArgs.emplace_back(QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(SMC),
+ VarInit::get(QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(CurMC),
+ StringRecTy::get(Records)));
+
+ // Add all of the defs in the subclass into the current multiclass.
+ return resolve(SMC->Entries, TemplateArgs, false, &CurMC->Entries);
+}
+
+/// Add a record, foreach loop, or assertion to the current context.
+bool TGParser::addEntry(RecordsEntry E) {
+ assert((!!E.Rec + !!E.Loop + !!E.Assertion) == 1 &&
+ "RecordsEntry has invalid number of items");
+
+ // If we are parsing a loop, add it to the loop's entries.
+ if (!Loops.empty()) {
+ Loops.back()->Entries.push_back(std::move(E));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // If it is a loop, then resolve and perform the loop.
+ if (E.Loop) {
+ SubstStack Stack;
+ return resolve(*E.Loop, Stack, CurMultiClass == nullptr,
+ CurMultiClass ? &CurMultiClass->Entries : nullptr);
+ }
+
+ // If we are parsing a multiclass, add it to the multiclass's entries.
+ if (CurMultiClass) {
+ CurMultiClass->Entries.push_back(std::move(E));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // If it is an assertion, then it's a top-level one, so check it.
+ if (E.Assertion) {
+ CheckAssert(E.Assertion->Loc, E.Assertion->Condition, E.Assertion->Message);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // It must be a record, so finish it off.
+ return addDefOne(std::move(E.Rec));
+}
+
+/// Resolve the entries in \p Loop, going over inner loops recursively
+/// and making the given subsitutions of (name, value) pairs.
+///
+/// The resulting records are stored in \p Dest if non-null. Otherwise, they
+/// are added to the global record keeper.
+bool TGParser::resolve(const ForeachLoop &Loop, SubstStack &Substs,
+ bool Final, std::vector<RecordsEntry> *Dest,
+ SMLoc *Loc) {
+ MapResolver R;
+ for (const auto &S : Substs)
+ R.set(S.first, S.second);
+ Init *List = Loop.ListValue->resolveReferences(R);
+ auto LI = dyn_cast<ListInit>(List);
+ if (!LI) {
+ if (!Final) {
+ Dest->emplace_back(std::make_unique<ForeachLoop>(Loop.Loc, Loop.IterVar,
+ List));
+ return resolve(Loop.Entries, Substs, Final, &Dest->back().Loop->Entries,
+ Loc);
+ }
+
+ PrintError(Loop.Loc, Twine("attempting to loop over '") +
+ List->getAsString() + "', expected a list");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ bool Error = false;
+ for (auto *Elt : *LI) {
+ if (Loop.IterVar)
+ Substs.emplace_back(Loop.IterVar->getNameInit(), Elt);
+ Error = resolve(Loop.Entries, Substs, Final, Dest);
+ if (Loop.IterVar)
+ Substs.pop_back();
+ if (Error)
+ break;
+ }
+ return Error;
+}
+
+/// Resolve the entries in \p Source, going over loops recursively and
+/// making the given substitutions of (name, value) pairs.
+///
+/// The resulting records are stored in \p Dest if non-null. Otherwise, they
+/// are added to the global record keeper.
+bool TGParser::resolve(const std::vector<RecordsEntry> &Source,
+ SubstStack &Substs, bool Final,
+ std::vector<RecordsEntry> *Dest, SMLoc *Loc) {
+ bool Error = false;
+ for (auto &E : Source) {
+ if (E.Loop) {
+ Error = resolve(*E.Loop, Substs, Final, Dest);
+
+ } else if (E.Assertion) {
+ MapResolver R;
+ for (const auto &S : Substs)
+ R.set(S.first, S.second);
+ Init *Condition = E.Assertion->Condition->resolveReferences(R);
+ Init *Message = E.Assertion->Message->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ if (Dest)
+ Dest->push_back(std::make_unique<Record::AssertionInfo>(
+ E.Assertion->Loc, Condition, Message));
+ else
+ CheckAssert(E.Assertion->Loc, Condition, Message);
+
+ } else {
+ auto Rec = std::make_unique<Record>(*E.Rec);
+ if (Loc)
+ Rec->appendLoc(*Loc);
+
+ MapResolver R(Rec.get());
+ for (const auto &S : Substs)
+ R.set(S.first, S.second);
+ Rec->resolveReferences(R);
+
+ if (Dest)
+ Dest->push_back(std::move(Rec));
+ else
+ Error = addDefOne(std::move(Rec));
+ }
+ if (Error)
+ break;
+ }
+ return Error;
+}
+
+/// Resolve the record fully and add it to the record keeper.
+bool TGParser::addDefOne(std::unique_ptr<Record> Rec) {
+ Init *NewName = nullptr;
+ if (Record *Prev = Records.getDef(Rec->getNameInitAsString())) {
+ if (!Rec->isAnonymous()) {
+ PrintError(Rec->getLoc(),
+ "def already exists: " + Rec->getNameInitAsString());
+ PrintNote(Prev->getLoc(), "location of previous definition");
+ return true;
+ }
+ NewName = Records.getNewAnonymousName();
+ }
+
+ Rec->resolveReferences(NewName);
+ checkConcrete(*Rec);
+
+ if (!isa<StringInit>(Rec->getNameInit())) {
+ PrintError(Rec->getLoc(), Twine("record name '") +
+ Rec->getNameInit()->getAsString() +
+ "' could not be fully resolved");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // Check the assertions.
+ Rec->checkRecordAssertions();
+
+ // If ObjectBody has template arguments, it's an error.
+ assert(Rec->getTemplateArgs().empty() && "How'd this get template args?");
+
+ for (DefsetRecord *Defset : Defsets) {
+ DefInit *I = Rec->getDefInit();
+ if (!I->getType()->typeIsA(Defset->EltTy)) {
+ PrintError(Rec->getLoc(), Twine("adding record of incompatible type '") +
+ I->getType()->getAsString() +
+ "' to defset");
+ PrintNote(Defset->Loc, "location of defset declaration");
+ return true;
+ }
+ Defset->Elements.push_back(I);
+ }
+
+ Records.addDef(std::move(Rec));
+ return false;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Parser Code
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+/// isObjectStart - Return true if this is a valid first token for a statement.
+static bool isObjectStart(tgtok::TokKind K) {
+ return K == tgtok::Assert || K == tgtok::Class || K == tgtok::Def ||
+ K == tgtok::Defm || K == tgtok::Defset || K == tgtok::Defvar ||
+ K == tgtok::Foreach || K == tgtok::If || K == tgtok::Let ||
+ K == tgtok::MultiClass;
+}
+
+bool TGParser::consume(tgtok::TokKind K) {
+ if (Lex.getCode() == K) {
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseObjectName - If a valid object name is specified, return it. If no
+/// name is specified, return the unset initializer. Return nullptr on parse
+/// error.
+/// ObjectName ::= Value [ '#' Value ]*
+/// ObjectName ::= /*empty*/
+///
+Init *TGParser::ParseObjectName(MultiClass *CurMultiClass) {
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ case tgtok::colon:
+ case tgtok::semi:
+ case tgtok::l_brace:
+ // These are all of the tokens that can begin an object body.
+ // Some of these can also begin values but we disallow those cases
+ // because they are unlikely to be useful.
+ return UnsetInit::get(Records);
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Record *CurRec = nullptr;
+ if (CurMultiClass)
+ CurRec = &CurMultiClass->Rec;
+
+ Init *Name = ParseValue(CurRec, StringRecTy::get(Records), ParseNameMode);
+ if (!Name)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (CurMultiClass) {
+ Init *NameStr = QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(CurMultiClass);
+ HasReferenceResolver R(NameStr);
+ Name->resolveReferences(R);
+ if (!R.found())
+ Name = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(
+ VarInit::get(NameStr, StringRecTy::get(Records)), Name);
+ }
+
+ return Name;
+}
+
+/// ParseClassID - Parse and resolve a reference to a class name. This returns
+/// null on error.
+///
+/// ClassID ::= ID
+///
+Record *TGParser::ParseClassID() {
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id) {
+ TokError("expected name for ClassID");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Record *Result = Records.getClass(Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (!Result) {
+ std::string Msg("Couldn't find class '" + Lex.getCurStrVal() + "'");
+ if (MultiClasses[Lex.getCurStrVal()].get())
+ TokError(Msg + ". Use 'defm' if you meant to use multiclass '" +
+ Lex.getCurStrVal() + "'");
+ else
+ TokError(Msg);
+ } else if (TrackReferenceLocs) {
+ Result->appendReferenceLoc(Lex.getLocRange());
+ }
+
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return Result;
+}
+
+/// ParseMultiClassID - Parse and resolve a reference to a multiclass name.
+/// This returns null on error.
+///
+/// MultiClassID ::= ID
+///
+MultiClass *TGParser::ParseMultiClassID() {
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id) {
+ TokError("expected name for MultiClassID");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ MultiClass *Result = MultiClasses[Lex.getCurStrVal()].get();
+ if (!Result)
+ TokError("Couldn't find multiclass '" + Lex.getCurStrVal() + "'");
+
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return Result;
+}
+
+/// ParseSubClassReference - Parse a reference to a subclass or a
+/// multiclass. This returns a SubClassRefTy with a null Record* on error.
+///
+/// SubClassRef ::= ClassID
+/// SubClassRef ::= ClassID '<' ValueList '>'
+///
+SubClassReference TGParser::
+ParseSubClassReference(Record *CurRec, bool isDefm) {
+ SubClassReference Result;
+ Result.RefRange.Start = Lex.getLoc();
+
+ if (isDefm) {
+ if (MultiClass *MC = ParseMultiClassID())
+ Result.Rec = &MC->Rec;
+ } else {
+ Result.Rec = ParseClassID();
+ }
+ if (!Result.Rec) return Result;
+
+ // If there is no template arg list, we're done.
+ if (!consume(tgtok::less)) {
+ Result.RefRange.End = Lex.getLoc();
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ if (ParseTemplateArgValueList(Result.TemplateArgs, CurRec, Result.Rec)) {
+ Result.Rec = nullptr; // Error parsing value list.
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ if (CheckTemplateArgValues(Result.TemplateArgs, Result.RefRange.Start,
+ Result.Rec)) {
+ Result.Rec = nullptr; // Error checking value list.
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ Result.RefRange.End = Lex.getLoc();
+ return Result;
+}
+
+/// ParseSubMultiClassReference - Parse a reference to a subclass or to a
+/// templated submulticlass. This returns a SubMultiClassRefTy with a null
+/// Record* on error.
+///
+/// SubMultiClassRef ::= MultiClassID
+/// SubMultiClassRef ::= MultiClassID '<' ValueList '>'
+///
+SubMultiClassReference TGParser::
+ParseSubMultiClassReference(MultiClass *CurMC) {
+ SubMultiClassReference Result;
+ Result.RefRange.Start = Lex.getLoc();
+
+ Result.MC = ParseMultiClassID();
+ if (!Result.MC) return Result;
+
+ // If there is no template arg list, we're done.
+ if (!consume(tgtok::less)) {
+ Result.RefRange.End = Lex.getLoc();
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ if (ParseTemplateArgValueList(Result.TemplateArgs, &CurMC->Rec,
+ &Result.MC->Rec)) {
+ Result.MC = nullptr; // Error parsing value list.
+ return Result;
+ }
+
+ Result.RefRange.End = Lex.getLoc();
+
+ return Result;
+}
+
+/// ParseRangePiece - Parse a bit/value range.
+/// RangePiece ::= INTVAL
+/// RangePiece ::= INTVAL '...' INTVAL
+/// RangePiece ::= INTVAL '-' INTVAL
+/// RangePiece ::= INTVAL INTVAL
+// The last two forms are deprecated.
+bool TGParser::ParseRangePiece(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Ranges,
+ TypedInit *FirstItem) {
+ Init *CurVal = FirstItem;
+ if (!CurVal)
+ CurVal = ParseValue(nullptr);
+
+ IntInit *II = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(CurVal);
+ if (!II)
+ return TokError("expected integer or bitrange");
+
+ int64_t Start = II->getValue();
+ int64_t End;
+
+ if (Start < 0)
+ return TokError("invalid range, cannot be negative");
+
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default:
+ Ranges.push_back(Start);
+ return false;
+
+ case tgtok::dotdotdot:
+ case tgtok::minus: {
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat
+
+ Init *I_End = ParseValue(nullptr);
+ IntInit *II_End = dyn_cast_or_null<IntInit>(I_End);
+ if (!II_End) {
+ TokError("expected integer value as end of range");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ End = II_End->getValue();
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::IntVal: {
+ End = -Lex.getCurIntVal();
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (End < 0)
+ return TokError("invalid range, cannot be negative");
+
+ // Add to the range.
+ if (Start < End)
+ for (; Start <= End; ++Start)
+ Ranges.push_back(Start);
+ else
+ for (; Start >= End; --Start)
+ Ranges.push_back(Start);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseRangeList - Parse a list of scalars and ranges into scalar values.
+///
+/// RangeList ::= RangePiece (',' RangePiece)*
+///
+void TGParser::ParseRangeList(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Result) {
+ // Parse the first piece.
+ if (ParseRangePiece(Result)) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+ while (consume(tgtok::comma))
+ // Parse the next range piece.
+ if (ParseRangePiece(Result)) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseOptionalRangeList - Parse either a range list in <>'s or nothing.
+/// OptionalRangeList ::= '<' RangeList '>'
+/// OptionalRangeList ::= /*empty*/
+bool TGParser::ParseOptionalRangeList(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Ranges) {
+ SMLoc StartLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ if (!consume(tgtok::less))
+ return false;
+
+ // Parse the range list.
+ ParseRangeList(Ranges);
+ if (Ranges.empty()) return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::greater)) {
+ TokError("expected '>' at end of range list");
+ return Error(StartLoc, "to match this '<'");
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseOptionalBitList - Parse either a bit list in {}'s or nothing.
+/// OptionalBitList ::= '{' RangeList '}'
+/// OptionalBitList ::= /*empty*/
+bool TGParser::ParseOptionalBitList(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Ranges) {
+ SMLoc StartLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_brace))
+ return false;
+
+ // Parse the range list.
+ ParseRangeList(Ranges);
+ if (Ranges.empty()) return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of bit list");
+ return Error(StartLoc, "to match this '{'");
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseType - Parse and return a tblgen type. This returns null on error.
+///
+/// Type ::= STRING // string type
+/// Type ::= CODE // code type
+/// Type ::= BIT // bit type
+/// Type ::= BITS '<' INTVAL '>' // bits<x> type
+/// Type ::= INT // int type
+/// Type ::= LIST '<' Type '>' // list<x> type
+/// Type ::= DAG // dag type
+/// Type ::= ClassID // Record Type
+///
+RecTy *TGParser::ParseType() {
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default: TokError("Unknown token when expecting a type"); return nullptr;
+ case tgtok::String:
+ case tgtok::Code:
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return StringRecTy::get(Records);
+ case tgtok::Bit:
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return BitRecTy::get(Records);
+ case tgtok::Int:
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ case tgtok::Dag:
+ Lex.Lex();
+ return DagRecTy::get(Records);
+ case tgtok::Id:
+ if (Record *R = ParseClassID())
+ return RecordRecTy::get(R);
+ TokError("unknown class name");
+ return nullptr;
+ case tgtok::Bits: {
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::less) { // Eat 'bits'
+ TokError("expected '<' after bits type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::IntVal) { // Eat '<'
+ TokError("expected integer in bits<n> type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ uint64_t Val = Lex.getCurIntVal();
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::greater) { // Eat count.
+ TokError("expected '>' at end of bits<n> type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat '>'
+ return BitsRecTy::get(Records, Val);
+ }
+ case tgtok::List: {
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::less) { // Eat 'bits'
+ TokError("expected '<' after list type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat '<'
+ RecTy *SubType = ParseType();
+ if (!SubType) return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::greater)) {
+ TokError("expected '>' at end of list<ty> type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ return ListRecTy::get(SubType);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseIDValue
+Init *TGParser::ParseIDValue(Record *CurRec, StringInit *Name, SMRange NameLoc,
+ IDParseMode Mode) {
+ if (CurRec) {
+ if (RecordVal *RV = CurRec->getValue(Name)) {
+ if (TrackReferenceLocs)
+ RV->addReferenceLoc(NameLoc);
+ return VarInit::get(Name, RV->getType());
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((CurRec && CurRec->isClass()) || CurMultiClass) {
+ Init *TemplateArgName;
+ if (CurMultiClass) {
+ TemplateArgName =
+ QualifyName(CurMultiClass->Rec, CurMultiClass, Name, "::");
+ } else
+ TemplateArgName = QualifyName(*CurRec, CurMultiClass, Name, ":");
+
+ Record *TemplateRec = CurMultiClass ? &CurMultiClass->Rec : CurRec;
+ if (TemplateRec->isTemplateArg(TemplateArgName)) {
+ RecordVal *RV = TemplateRec->getValue(TemplateArgName);
+ assert(RV && "Template arg doesn't exist??");
+ RV->setUsed(true);
+ if (TrackReferenceLocs)
+ RV->addReferenceLoc(NameLoc);
+ return VarInit::get(TemplateArgName, RV->getType());
+ } else if (Name->getValue() == "NAME") {
+ return VarInit::get(TemplateArgName, StringRecTy::get(Records));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CurLocalScope)
+ if (Init *I = CurLocalScope->getVar(Name->getValue()))
+ return I;
+
+ // If this is in a foreach loop, make sure it's not a loop iterator
+ for (const auto &L : Loops) {
+ if (L->IterVar) {
+ VarInit *IterVar = dyn_cast<VarInit>(L->IterVar);
+ if (IterVar && IterVar->getNameInit() == Name)
+ return IterVar;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Mode == ParseNameMode)
+ return Name;
+
+ if (Init *I = Records.getGlobal(Name->getValue())) {
+ // Add a reference to the global if it's a record.
+ if (TrackReferenceLocs) {
+ if (auto *Def = dyn_cast<DefInit>(I))
+ Def->getDef()->appendReferenceLoc(NameLoc);
+ }
+ return I;
+ }
+
+ // Allow self-references of concrete defs, but delay the lookup so that we
+ // get the correct type.
+ if (CurRec && !CurRec->isClass() && !CurMultiClass &&
+ CurRec->getNameInit() == Name)
+ return UnOpInit::get(UnOpInit::CAST, Name, CurRec->getType());
+
+ Error(NameLoc.Start, "Variable not defined: '" + Name->getValue() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+/// ParseOperation - Parse an operator. This returns null on error.
+///
+/// Operation ::= XOperator ['<' Type '>'] '(' Args ')'
+///
+Init *TGParser::ParseOperation(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType) {
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default:
+ TokError("unknown bang operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ case tgtok::XNOT:
+ case tgtok::XLOG2:
+ case tgtok::XHead:
+ case tgtok::XTail:
+ case tgtok::XSize:
+ case tgtok::XEmpty:
+ case tgtok::XCast:
+ case tgtok::XGetDagOp: { // Value ::= !unop '(' Value ')'
+ UnOpInit::UnaryOp Code;
+ RecTy *Type = nullptr;
+
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled code!");
+ case tgtok::XCast:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ Code = UnOpInit::CAST;
+
+ Type = ParseOperatorType();
+
+ if (!Type) {
+ TokError("did not get type for unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XNOT:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ Code = UnOpInit::NOT;
+ Type = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XLOG2:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ Code = UnOpInit::LOG2;
+ Type = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XHead:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ Code = UnOpInit::HEAD;
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XTail:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ Code = UnOpInit::TAIL;
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XSize:
+ Lex.Lex();
+ Code = UnOpInit::SIZE;
+ Type = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XEmpty:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ Code = UnOpInit::EMPTY;
+ Type = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XGetDagOp:
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::less) {
+ // Parse an optional type suffix, so that you can say
+ // !getdagop<BaseClass>(someDag) as a shorthand for
+ // !cast<BaseClass>(!getdagop(someDag)).
+ Type = ParseOperatorType();
+
+ if (!Type) {
+ TokError("did not get type for unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!isa<RecordRecTy>(Type)) {
+ TokError("type for !getdagop must be a record type");
+ // but keep parsing, to consume the operand
+ }
+ } else {
+ Type = RecordRecTy::get(Records, {});
+ }
+ Code = UnOpInit::GETDAGOP;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *LHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!LHS) return nullptr;
+
+ if (Code == UnOpInit::EMPTY || Code == UnOpInit::SIZE) {
+ ListInit *LHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS);
+ StringInit *LHSs = dyn_cast<StringInit>(LHS);
+ DagInit *LHSd = dyn_cast<DagInit>(LHS);
+ TypedInit *LHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(LHS);
+ if (!LHSl && !LHSs && !LHSd && !LHSt) {
+ TokError("expected string, list, or dag type argument in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (LHSt) {
+ ListRecTy *LType = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(LHSt->getType());
+ StringRecTy *SType = dyn_cast<StringRecTy>(LHSt->getType());
+ DagRecTy *DType = dyn_cast<DagRecTy>(LHSt->getType());
+ if (!LType && !SType && !DType) {
+ TokError("expected string, list, or dag type argument in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Code == UnOpInit::HEAD || Code == UnOpInit::TAIL) {
+ ListInit *LHSl = dyn_cast<ListInit>(LHS);
+ TypedInit *LHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(LHS);
+ if (!LHSl && !LHSt) {
+ TokError("expected list type argument in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (LHSt) {
+ ListRecTy *LType = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(LHSt->getType());
+ if (!LType) {
+ TokError("expected list type argument in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (LHSl && LHSl->empty()) {
+ TokError("empty list argument in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (LHSl) {
+ Init *Item = LHSl->getElement(0);
+ TypedInit *Itemt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(Item);
+ if (!Itemt) {
+ TokError("untyped list element in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ Type = (Code == UnOpInit::HEAD) ? Itemt->getType()
+ : ListRecTy::get(Itemt->getType());
+ } else {
+ assert(LHSt && "expected list type argument in unary operator");
+ ListRecTy *LType = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(LHSt->getType());
+ Type = (Code == UnOpInit::HEAD) ? LType->getElementType() : LType;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in unary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ return (UnOpInit::get(Code, LHS, Type))->Fold(CurRec);
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XIsA: {
+ // Value ::= !isa '<' Type '>' '(' Value ')'
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+
+ RecTy *Type = ParseOperatorType();
+ if (!Type)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after type of !isa");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *LHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!LHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in !isa");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ return (IsAOpInit::get(Type, LHS))->Fold();
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XExists: {
+ // Value ::= !exists '<' Type '>' '(' Value ')'
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+
+ RecTy *Type = ParseOperatorType();
+ if (!Type)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after type of !exists");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SMLoc ExprLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *Expr = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!Expr)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ TypedInit *ExprType = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(Expr);
+ if (!ExprType) {
+ Error(ExprLoc, "expected string type argument in !exists operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ RecordRecTy *RecType = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(ExprType->getType());
+ if (RecType) {
+ Error(ExprLoc,
+ "expected string type argument in !exists operator, please "
+ "use !isa instead");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ StringRecTy *SType = dyn_cast<StringRecTy>(ExprType->getType());
+ if (!SType) {
+ Error(ExprLoc, "expected string type argument in !exists operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in !exists");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ return (ExistsOpInit::get(Type, Expr))->Fold(CurRec);
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XConcat:
+ case tgtok::XADD:
+ case tgtok::XSUB:
+ case tgtok::XMUL:
+ case tgtok::XDIV:
+ case tgtok::XAND:
+ case tgtok::XOR:
+ case tgtok::XXOR:
+ case tgtok::XSRA:
+ case tgtok::XSRL:
+ case tgtok::XSHL:
+ case tgtok::XEq:
+ case tgtok::XNe:
+ case tgtok::XLe:
+ case tgtok::XLt:
+ case tgtok::XGe:
+ case tgtok::XGt:
+ case tgtok::XListConcat:
+ case tgtok::XListSplat:
+ case tgtok::XListRemove:
+ case tgtok::XStrConcat:
+ case tgtok::XInterleave:
+ case tgtok::XSetDagOp: { // Value ::= !binop '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+ tgtok::TokKind OpTok = Lex.getCode();
+ SMLoc OpLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+
+ BinOpInit::BinaryOp Code;
+ switch (OpTok) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled code!");
+ case tgtok::XConcat: Code = BinOpInit::CONCAT; break;
+ case tgtok::XADD: Code = BinOpInit::ADD; break;
+ case tgtok::XSUB: Code = BinOpInit::SUB; break;
+ case tgtok::XMUL: Code = BinOpInit::MUL; break;
+ case tgtok::XDIV: Code = BinOpInit::DIV; break;
+ case tgtok::XAND: Code = BinOpInit::AND; break;
+ case tgtok::XOR: Code = BinOpInit::OR; break;
+ case tgtok::XXOR: Code = BinOpInit::XOR; break;
+ case tgtok::XSRA: Code = BinOpInit::SRA; break;
+ case tgtok::XSRL: Code = BinOpInit::SRL; break;
+ case tgtok::XSHL: Code = BinOpInit::SHL; break;
+ case tgtok::XEq: Code = BinOpInit::EQ; break;
+ case tgtok::XNe: Code = BinOpInit::NE; break;
+ case tgtok::XLe: Code = BinOpInit::LE; break;
+ case tgtok::XLt: Code = BinOpInit::LT; break;
+ case tgtok::XGe: Code = BinOpInit::GE; break;
+ case tgtok::XGt: Code = BinOpInit::GT; break;
+ case tgtok::XListConcat: Code = BinOpInit::LISTCONCAT; break;
+ case tgtok::XListSplat: Code = BinOpInit::LISTSPLAT; break;
+ case tgtok::XListRemove: Code = BinOpInit::LISTREMOVE; break;
+ case tgtok::XStrConcat: Code = BinOpInit::STRCONCAT; break;
+ case tgtok::XInterleave: Code = BinOpInit::INTERLEAVE; break;
+ case tgtok::XSetDagOp: Code = BinOpInit::SETDAGOP; break;
+ }
+
+ RecTy *Type = nullptr;
+ RecTy *ArgType = nullptr;
+ switch (OpTok) {
+ default:
+ llvm_unreachable("Unhandled code!");
+ case tgtok::XConcat:
+ case tgtok::XSetDagOp:
+ Type = DagRecTy::get(Records);
+ ArgType = DagRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XAND:
+ case tgtok::XOR:
+ case tgtok::XXOR:
+ case tgtok::XSRA:
+ case tgtok::XSRL:
+ case tgtok::XSHL:
+ case tgtok::XADD:
+ case tgtok::XSUB:
+ case tgtok::XMUL:
+ case tgtok::XDIV:
+ Type = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ ArgType = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XEq:
+ case tgtok::XNe:
+ case tgtok::XLe:
+ case tgtok::XLt:
+ case tgtok::XGe:
+ case tgtok::XGt:
+ Type = BitRecTy::get(Records);
+ // ArgType for the comparison operators is not yet known.
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XListConcat:
+ // We don't know the list type until we parse the first argument.
+ ArgType = ItemType;
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XListSplat:
+ // Can't do any typechecking until we parse the first argument.
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XListRemove:
+ // We don't know the list type until we parse the first argument.
+ ArgType = ItemType;
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XStrConcat:
+ Type = StringRecTy::get(Records);
+ ArgType = StringRecTy::get(Records);
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XInterleave:
+ Type = StringRecTy::get(Records);
+ // The first argument type is not yet known.
+ }
+
+ if (Type && ItemType && !Type->typeIsConvertibleTo(ItemType)) {
+ Error(OpLoc, Twine("expected value of type '") +
+ ItemType->getAsString() + "', got '" +
+ Type->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after binary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SmallVector<Init*, 2> InitList;
+
+ // Note that this loop consumes an arbitrary number of arguments.
+ // The actual count is checked later.
+ for (;;) {
+ SMLoc InitLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ InitList.push_back(ParseValue(CurRec, ArgType));
+ if (!InitList.back()) return nullptr;
+
+ TypedInit *InitListBack = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(InitList.back());
+ if (!InitListBack) {
+ Error(OpLoc, Twine("expected value to be a typed value, got '" +
+ InitList.back()->getAsString() + "'"));
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ RecTy *ListType = InitListBack->getType();
+
+ if (!ArgType) {
+ // Argument type must be determined from the argument itself.
+ ArgType = ListType;
+
+ switch (Code) {
+ case BinOpInit::LISTCONCAT:
+ if (!isa<ListRecTy>(ArgType)) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected a list, got value of type '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ case BinOpInit::LISTSPLAT:
+ if (ItemType && InitList.size() == 1) {
+ if (!isa<ListRecTy>(ItemType)) {
+ Error(OpLoc,
+ Twine("expected output type to be a list, got type '") +
+ ItemType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (!ArgType->getListTy()->typeIsConvertibleTo(ItemType)) {
+ Error(OpLoc, Twine("expected first arg type to be '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() +
+ "', got value of type '" +
+ cast<ListRecTy>(ItemType)
+ ->getElementType()
+ ->getAsString() +
+ "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ if (InitList.size() == 2 && !isa<IntRecTy>(ArgType)) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected second parameter to be an int, got "
+ "value of type '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ ArgType = nullptr; // Broken invariant: types not identical.
+ break;
+ case BinOpInit::LISTREMOVE:
+ if (!isa<ListRecTy>(ArgType)) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected a list, got value of type '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ case BinOpInit::EQ:
+ case BinOpInit::NE:
+ if (!ArgType->typeIsConvertibleTo(IntRecTy::get(Records)) &&
+ !ArgType->typeIsConvertibleTo(StringRecTy::get(Records)) &&
+ !ArgType->typeIsConvertibleTo(RecordRecTy::get(Records, {}))) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected bit, bits, int, string, or record; "
+ "got value of type '") + ArgType->getAsString() +
+ "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ case BinOpInit::LE:
+ case BinOpInit::LT:
+ case BinOpInit::GE:
+ case BinOpInit::GT:
+ if (!ArgType->typeIsConvertibleTo(IntRecTy::get(Records)) &&
+ !ArgType->typeIsConvertibleTo(StringRecTy::get(Records))) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected bit, bits, int, or string; "
+ "got value of type '") + ArgType->getAsString() +
+ "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ case BinOpInit::INTERLEAVE:
+ switch (InitList.size()) {
+ case 1: // First argument must be a list of strings or integers.
+ if (ArgType != StringRecTy::get(Records)->getListTy() &&
+ !ArgType->typeIsConvertibleTo(
+ IntRecTy::get(Records)->getListTy())) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected list of string, int, bits, or bit; "
+ "got value of type '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2: // Second argument must be a string.
+ if (!isa<StringRecTy>(ArgType)) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected second argument to be a string, "
+ "got value of type '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ default: ;
+ }
+ ArgType = nullptr; // Broken invariant: types not identical.
+ break;
+ default: llvm_unreachable("other ops have fixed argument types");
+ }
+
+ } else {
+ // Desired argument type is a known and in ArgType.
+ RecTy *Resolved = resolveTypes(ArgType, ListType);
+ if (!Resolved) {
+ Error(InitLoc, Twine("expected value of type '") +
+ ArgType->getAsString() + "', got '" +
+ ListType->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (Code != BinOpInit::ADD && Code != BinOpInit::SUB &&
+ Code != BinOpInit::AND && Code != BinOpInit::OR &&
+ Code != BinOpInit::XOR && Code != BinOpInit::SRA &&
+ Code != BinOpInit::SRL && Code != BinOpInit::SHL &&
+ Code != BinOpInit::MUL && Code != BinOpInit::DIV)
+ ArgType = Resolved;
+ }
+
+ // Deal with BinOps whose arguments have different types, by
+ // rewriting ArgType in between them.
+ switch (Code) {
+ case BinOpInit::SETDAGOP:
+ // After parsing the first dag argument, switch to expecting
+ // a record, with no restriction on its superclasses.
+ ArgType = RecordRecTy::get(Records, {});
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // listconcat returns a list with type of the argument.
+ if (Code == BinOpInit::LISTCONCAT)
+ Type = ArgType;
+ // listsplat returns a list of type of the *first* argument.
+ if (Code == BinOpInit::LISTSPLAT)
+ Type = cast<TypedInit>(InitList.front())->getType()->getListTy();
+ // listremove returns a list with type of the argument.
+ if (Code == BinOpInit::LISTREMOVE)
+ Type = ArgType;
+
+ // We allow multiple operands to associative operators like !strconcat as
+ // shorthand for nesting them.
+ if (Code == BinOpInit::STRCONCAT || Code == BinOpInit::LISTCONCAT ||
+ Code == BinOpInit::CONCAT || Code == BinOpInit::ADD ||
+ Code == BinOpInit::AND || Code == BinOpInit::OR ||
+ Code == BinOpInit::XOR || Code == BinOpInit::MUL) {
+ while (InitList.size() > 2) {
+ Init *RHS = InitList.pop_back_val();
+ RHS = (BinOpInit::get(Code, InitList.back(), RHS, Type))->Fold(CurRec);
+ InitList.back() = RHS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (InitList.size() == 2)
+ return (BinOpInit::get(Code, InitList[0], InitList[1], Type))
+ ->Fold(CurRec);
+
+ Error(OpLoc, "expected two operands to operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XForEach:
+ case tgtok::XFilter: {
+ return ParseOperationForEachFilter(CurRec, ItemType);
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XDag:
+ case tgtok::XIf:
+ case tgtok::XSubst: { // Value ::= !ternop '(' Value ',' Value ',' Value ')'
+ TernOpInit::TernaryOp Code;
+ RecTy *Type = nullptr;
+
+ tgtok::TokKind LexCode = Lex.getCode();
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ switch (LexCode) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled code!");
+ case tgtok::XDag:
+ Code = TernOpInit::DAG;
+ Type = DagRecTy::get(Records);
+ ItemType = nullptr;
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XIf:
+ Code = TernOpInit::IF;
+ break;
+ case tgtok::XSubst:
+ Code = TernOpInit::SUBST;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after ternary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *LHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!LHS) return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in ternary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SMLoc MHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *MHS = ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType);
+ if (!MHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in ternary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SMLoc RHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *RHS = ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType);
+ if (!RHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in binary operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ switch (LexCode) {
+ default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled code!");
+ case tgtok::XDag: {
+ TypedInit *MHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(MHS);
+ if (!MHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(MHS)) {
+ Error(MHSLoc, "could not determine type of the child list in !dag");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (MHSt && !isa<ListRecTy>(MHSt->getType())) {
+ Error(MHSLoc, Twine("expected list of children, got type '") +
+ MHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *RHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHS);
+ if (!RHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(RHS)) {
+ Error(RHSLoc, "could not determine type of the name list in !dag");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (RHSt && StringRecTy::get(Records)->getListTy() != RHSt->getType()) {
+ Error(RHSLoc, Twine("expected list<string>, got type '") +
+ RHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!MHSt && !RHSt) {
+ Error(MHSLoc,
+ "cannot have both unset children and unset names in !dag");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::XIf: {
+ RecTy *MHSTy = nullptr;
+ RecTy *RHSTy = nullptr;
+
+ if (TypedInit *MHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(MHS))
+ MHSTy = MHSt->getType();
+ if (BitsInit *MHSbits = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(MHS))
+ MHSTy = BitsRecTy::get(Records, MHSbits->getNumBits());
+ if (isa<BitInit>(MHS))
+ MHSTy = BitRecTy::get(Records);
+
+ if (TypedInit *RHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHS))
+ RHSTy = RHSt->getType();
+ if (BitsInit *RHSbits = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(RHS))
+ RHSTy = BitsRecTy::get(Records, RHSbits->getNumBits());
+ if (isa<BitInit>(RHS))
+ RHSTy = BitRecTy::get(Records);
+
+ // For UnsetInit, it's typed from the other hand.
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(MHS))
+ MHSTy = RHSTy;
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(RHS))
+ RHSTy = MHSTy;
+
+ if (!MHSTy || !RHSTy) {
+ TokError("could not get type for !if");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Type = resolveTypes(MHSTy, RHSTy);
+ if (!Type) {
+ TokError(Twine("inconsistent types '") + MHSTy->getAsString() +
+ "' and '" + RHSTy->getAsString() + "' for !if");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::XSubst: {
+ TypedInit *RHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHS);
+ if (!RHSt) {
+ TokError("could not get type for !subst");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ Type = RHSt->getType();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (TernOpInit::get(Code, LHS, MHS, RHS, Type))->Fold(CurRec);
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XSubstr:
+ return ParseOperationSubstr(CurRec, ItemType);
+
+ case tgtok::XFind:
+ return ParseOperationFind(CurRec, ItemType);
+
+ case tgtok::XCond:
+ return ParseOperationCond(CurRec, ItemType);
+
+ case tgtok::XFoldl: {
+ // Value ::= !foldl '(' Value ',' Value ',' Id ',' Id ',' Expr ')'
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after !foldl");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *StartUntyped = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!StartUntyped)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ TypedInit *Start = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(StartUntyped);
+ if (!Start) {
+ TokError(Twine("could not get type of !foldl start: '") +
+ StartUntyped->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in !foldl");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *ListUntyped = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!ListUntyped)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ TypedInit *List = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(ListUntyped);
+ if (!List) {
+ TokError(Twine("could not get type of !foldl list: '") +
+ ListUntyped->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ListRecTy *ListType = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(List->getType());
+ if (!ListType) {
+ TokError(Twine("!foldl list must be a list, but is of type '") +
+ List->getType()->getAsString());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::comma) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in !foldl");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::Id) { // eat the ','
+ TokError("third argument of !foldl must be an identifier");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *A = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (CurRec && CurRec->getValue(A)) {
+ TokError((Twine("left !foldl variable '") + A->getAsString() +
+ "' already defined")
+ .str());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::comma) { // eat the id
+ TokError("expected ',' in !foldl");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::Id) { // eat the ','
+ TokError("fourth argument of !foldl must be an identifier");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *B = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (CurRec && CurRec->getValue(B)) {
+ TokError((Twine("right !foldl variable '") + B->getAsString() +
+ "' already defined")
+ .str());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::comma) { // eat the id
+ TokError("expected ',' in !foldl");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the ','
+
+ // We need to create a temporary record to provide a scope for the
+ // two variables.
+ std::unique_ptr<Record> ParseRecTmp;
+ Record *ParseRec = CurRec;
+ if (!ParseRec) {
+ ParseRecTmp = std::make_unique<Record>(".parse", ArrayRef<SMLoc>{}, Records);
+ ParseRec = ParseRecTmp.get();
+ }
+
+ ParseRec->addValue(RecordVal(A, Start->getType(), RecordVal::FK_Normal));
+ ParseRec->addValue(RecordVal(B, ListType->getElementType(),
+ RecordVal::FK_Normal));
+ Init *ExprUntyped = ParseValue(ParseRec);
+ ParseRec->removeValue(A);
+ ParseRec->removeValue(B);
+ if (!ExprUntyped)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ TypedInit *Expr = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(ExprUntyped);
+ if (!Expr) {
+ TokError("could not get type of !foldl expression");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Expr->getType() != Start->getType()) {
+ TokError(Twine("!foldl expression must be of same type as start (") +
+ Start->getType()->getAsString() + "), but is of type " +
+ Expr->getType()->getAsString());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in fold operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ return FoldOpInit::get(Start, List, A, B, Expr, Start->getType())
+ ->Fold(CurRec);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseOperatorType - Parse a type for an operator. This returns
+/// null on error.
+///
+/// OperatorType ::= '<' Type '>'
+///
+RecTy *TGParser::ParseOperatorType() {
+ RecTy *Type = nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::less)) {
+ TokError("expected type name for operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Code)
+ TokError("the 'code' type is not allowed in bang operators; use 'string'");
+
+ Type = ParseType();
+
+ if (!Type) {
+ TokError("expected type name for operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::greater)) {
+ TokError("expected type name for operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ return Type;
+}
+
+/// Parse the !substr operation. Return null on error.
+///
+/// Substr ::= !substr(string, start-int [, length-int]) => string
+Init *TGParser::ParseOperationSubstr(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType) {
+ TernOpInit::TernaryOp Code = TernOpInit::SUBSTR;
+ RecTy *Type = StringRecTy::get(Records);
+
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after !substr operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *LHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!LHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in !substr operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SMLoc MHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *MHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!MHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ SMLoc RHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *RHS;
+ if (consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ RHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ RHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!RHS)
+ return nullptr;
+ } else {
+ RHS = IntInit::get(Records, std::numeric_limits<int64_t>::max());
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in !substr operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (ItemType && !Type->typeIsConvertibleTo(ItemType)) {
+ Error(RHSLoc, Twine("expected value of type '") +
+ ItemType->getAsString() + "', got '" +
+ Type->getAsString() + "'");
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *LHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(LHS);
+ if (!LHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(LHS)) {
+ TokError("could not determine type of the string in !substr");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (LHSt && !isa<StringRecTy>(LHSt->getType())) {
+ TokError(Twine("expected string, got type '") +
+ LHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *MHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(MHS);
+ if (!MHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(MHS)) {
+ TokError("could not determine type of the start position in !substr");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (MHSt && !isa<IntRecTy>(MHSt->getType())) {
+ Error(MHSLoc, Twine("expected int, got type '") +
+ MHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (RHS) {
+ TypedInit *RHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHS);
+ if (!RHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(RHS)) {
+ TokError("could not determine type of the length in !substr");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (RHSt && !isa<IntRecTy>(RHSt->getType())) {
+ TokError(Twine("expected int, got type '") +
+ RHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (TernOpInit::get(Code, LHS, MHS, RHS, Type))->Fold(CurRec);
+}
+
+/// Parse the !find operation. Return null on error.
+///
+/// Substr ::= !find(string, string [, start-int]) => int
+Init *TGParser::ParseOperationFind(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType) {
+ TernOpInit::TernaryOp Code = TernOpInit::FIND;
+ RecTy *Type = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after !find operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *LHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!LHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in !find operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SMLoc MHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *MHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!MHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ SMLoc RHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *RHS;
+ if (consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ RHSLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ RHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!RHS)
+ return nullptr;
+ } else {
+ RHS = IntInit::get(Records, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in !find operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (ItemType && !Type->typeIsConvertibleTo(ItemType)) {
+ Error(RHSLoc, Twine("expected value of type '") +
+ ItemType->getAsString() + "', got '" +
+ Type->getAsString() + "'");
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *LHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(LHS);
+ if (!LHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(LHS)) {
+ TokError("could not determine type of the source string in !find");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (LHSt && !isa<StringRecTy>(LHSt->getType())) {
+ TokError(Twine("expected string, got type '") +
+ LHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *MHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(MHS);
+ if (!MHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(MHS)) {
+ TokError("could not determine type of the target string in !find");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (MHSt && !isa<StringRecTy>(MHSt->getType())) {
+ Error(MHSLoc, Twine("expected string, got type '") +
+ MHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (RHS) {
+ TypedInit *RHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHS);
+ if (!RHSt && !isa<UnsetInit>(RHS)) {
+ TokError("could not determine type of the start position in !find");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (RHSt && !isa<IntRecTy>(RHSt->getType())) {
+ TokError(Twine("expected int, got type '") +
+ RHSt->getType()->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (TernOpInit::get(Code, LHS, MHS, RHS, Type))->Fold(CurRec);
+}
+
+/// Parse the !foreach and !filter operations. Return null on error.
+///
+/// ForEach ::= !foreach(ID, list-or-dag, expr) => list<expr type>
+/// Filter ::= !foreach(ID, list, predicate) ==> list<list type>
+Init *TGParser::ParseOperationForEachFilter(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType) {
+ SMLoc OpLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ tgtok::TokKind Operation = Lex.getCode();
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::l_paren) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after !foreach/!filter");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::Id) { // eat the '('
+ TokError("first argument of !foreach/!filter must be an identifier");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *LHS = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the ID.
+
+ if (CurRec && CurRec->getValue(LHS)) {
+ TokError((Twine("iteration variable '") + LHS->getAsString() +
+ "' is already defined")
+ .str());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in !foreach/!filter");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *MHS = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!MHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in !foreach/!filter");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *MHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(MHS);
+ if (!MHSt) {
+ TokError("could not get type of !foreach/!filter list or dag");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ RecTy *InEltType = nullptr;
+ RecTy *ExprEltType = nullptr;
+ bool IsDAG = false;
+
+ if (ListRecTy *InListTy = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(MHSt->getType())) {
+ InEltType = InListTy->getElementType();
+ if (ItemType) {
+ if (ListRecTy *OutListTy = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(ItemType)) {
+ ExprEltType = (Operation == tgtok::XForEach)
+ ? OutListTy->getElementType()
+ : IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ } else {
+ Error(OpLoc,
+ "expected value of type '" +
+ Twine(ItemType->getAsString()) +
+ "', but got list type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ } else if (DagRecTy *InDagTy = dyn_cast<DagRecTy>(MHSt->getType())) {
+ if (Operation == tgtok::XFilter) {
+ TokError("!filter must have a list argument");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ InEltType = InDagTy;
+ if (ItemType && !isa<DagRecTy>(ItemType)) {
+ Error(OpLoc,
+ "expected value of type '" + Twine(ItemType->getAsString()) +
+ "', but got dag type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ IsDAG = true;
+ } else {
+ if (Operation == tgtok::XForEach)
+ TokError("!foreach must have a list or dag argument");
+ else
+ TokError("!filter must have a list argument");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // We need to create a temporary record to provide a scope for the
+ // iteration variable.
+ std::unique_ptr<Record> ParseRecTmp;
+ Record *ParseRec = CurRec;
+ if (!ParseRec) {
+ ParseRecTmp =
+ std::make_unique<Record>(".parse", ArrayRef<SMLoc>{}, Records);
+ ParseRec = ParseRecTmp.get();
+ }
+
+ ParseRec->addValue(RecordVal(LHS, InEltType, RecordVal::FK_Normal));
+ Init *RHS = ParseValue(ParseRec, ExprEltType);
+ ParseRec->removeValue(LHS);
+ if (!RHS)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in !foreach/!filter");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ RecTy *OutType = InEltType;
+ if (Operation == tgtok::XForEach && !IsDAG) {
+ TypedInit *RHSt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHS);
+ if (!RHSt) {
+ TokError("could not get type of !foreach result expression");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ OutType = RHSt->getType()->getListTy();
+ } else if (Operation == tgtok::XFilter) {
+ OutType = InEltType->getListTy();
+ }
+
+ return (TernOpInit::get((Operation == tgtok::XForEach) ? TernOpInit::FOREACH
+ : TernOpInit::FILTER,
+ LHS, MHS, RHS, OutType))
+ ->Fold(CurRec);
+}
+
+Init *TGParser::ParseOperationCond(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType) {
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the operation 'cond'
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected '(' after !cond operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // Parse through '[Case: Val,]+'
+ SmallVector<Init *, 4> Case;
+ SmallVector<Init *, 4> Val;
+ while (true) {
+ if (consume(tgtok::r_paren))
+ break;
+
+ Init *V = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!V)
+ return nullptr;
+ Case.push_back(V);
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::colon)) {
+ TokError("expected ':' following a condition in !cond operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ V = ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType);
+ if (!V)
+ return nullptr;
+ Val.push_back(V);
+
+ if (consume(tgtok::r_paren))
+ break;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' or ')' following a value in !cond operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Case.size() < 1) {
+ TokError("there should be at least 1 'condition : value' in the !cond operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // resolve type
+ RecTy *Type = nullptr;
+ for (Init *V : Val) {
+ RecTy *VTy = nullptr;
+ if (TypedInit *Vt = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(V))
+ VTy = Vt->getType();
+ if (BitsInit *Vbits = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(V))
+ VTy = BitsRecTy::get(Records, Vbits->getNumBits());
+ if (isa<BitInit>(V))
+ VTy = BitRecTy::get(Records);
+
+ if (Type == nullptr) {
+ if (!isa<UnsetInit>(V))
+ Type = VTy;
+ } else {
+ if (!isa<UnsetInit>(V)) {
+ RecTy *RType = resolveTypes(Type, VTy);
+ if (!RType) {
+ TokError(Twine("inconsistent types '") + Type->getAsString() +
+ "' and '" + VTy->getAsString() + "' for !cond");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ Type = RType;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!Type) {
+ TokError("could not determine type for !cond from its arguments");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ return CondOpInit::get(Case, Val, Type)->Fold(CurRec);
+}
+
+/// ParseSimpleValue - Parse a tblgen value. This returns null on error.
+///
+/// SimpleValue ::= IDValue
+/// SimpleValue ::= INTVAL
+/// SimpleValue ::= STRVAL+
+/// SimpleValue ::= CODEFRAGMENT
+/// SimpleValue ::= '?'
+/// SimpleValue ::= '{' ValueList '}'
+/// SimpleValue ::= ID '<' ValueListNE '>'
+/// SimpleValue ::= '[' ValueList ']'
+/// SimpleValue ::= '(' IDValue DagArgList ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= CONCATTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= ADDTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= DIVTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= SUBTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= SHLTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= SRATOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= SRLTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= LISTCONCATTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= LISTSPLATTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= LISTREMOVETOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= STRCONCATTOK '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+/// SimpleValue ::= COND '(' [Value ':' Value,]+ ')'
+///
+Init *TGParser::ParseSimpleValue(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType,
+ IDParseMode Mode) {
+ Init *R = nullptr;
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default: TokError("Unknown or reserved token when parsing a value"); break;
+
+ case tgtok::TrueVal:
+ R = IntInit::get(Records, 1);
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ case tgtok::FalseVal:
+ R = IntInit::get(Records, 0);
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ case tgtok::IntVal:
+ R = IntInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurIntVal());
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ case tgtok::BinaryIntVal: {
+ auto BinaryVal = Lex.getCurBinaryIntVal();
+ SmallVector<Init*, 16> Bits(BinaryVal.second);
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = BinaryVal.second; i != e; ++i)
+ Bits[i] = BitInit::get(Records, BinaryVal.first & (1LL << i));
+ R = BitsInit::get(Records, Bits);
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::StrVal: {
+ std::string Val = Lex.getCurStrVal();
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ // Handle multiple consecutive concatenated strings.
+ while (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::StrVal) {
+ Val += Lex.getCurStrVal();
+ Lex.Lex();
+ }
+
+ R = StringInit::get(Records, Val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::CodeFragment:
+ R = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal(), StringInit::SF_Code);
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ case tgtok::question:
+ R = UnsetInit::get(Records);
+ Lex.Lex();
+ break;
+ case tgtok::Id: {
+ SMRange NameLoc = Lex.getLocRange();
+ StringInit *Name = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::less) // consume the Id.
+ return ParseIDValue(CurRec, Name, NameLoc, Mode); // Value ::= IDValue
+
+ // Value ::= CLASSID '<' ValueListNE '>' (CLASSID has been consumed)
+ // This is supposed to synthesize a new anonymous definition, deriving
+ // from the class with the template arguments, but no body.
+ Record *Class = Records.getClass(Name->getValue());
+ if (!Class) {
+ Error(NameLoc.Start,
+ "Expected a class name, got '" + Name->getValue() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SmallVector<Init *, 8> Args;
+ Lex.Lex(); // consume the <
+ if (ParseTemplateArgValueList(Args, CurRec, Class))
+ return nullptr; // Error parsing value list.
+
+ if (CheckTemplateArgValues(Args, NameLoc.Start, Class))
+ return nullptr; // Error checking template argument values.
+
+ // Loop through the arguments that were not specified and make sure
+ // they have a complete value.
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = Class->getTemplateArgs();
+ for (unsigned I = Args.size(), E = TArgs.size(); I < E; ++I) {
+ RecordVal *Arg = Class->getValue(TArgs[I]);
+ if (!Arg->getValue()->isComplete()) {
+ Error(NameLoc.Start, "Value not specified for template argument '" +
+ TArgs[I]->getAsUnquotedString() + "' (#" +
+ Twine(I) + ") of parent class '" +
+ Class->getNameInitAsString() + "'");
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (TrackReferenceLocs)
+ Class->appendReferenceLoc(NameLoc);
+ return VarDefInit::get(Class, Args)->Fold();
+ }
+ case tgtok::l_brace: { // Value ::= '{' ValueList '}'
+ SMLoc BraceLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '{'
+ SmallVector<Init*, 16> Vals;
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::r_brace) {
+ ParseValueList(Vals, CurRec);
+ if (Vals.empty()) return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of bit list value");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> NewBits;
+
+ // As we parse { a, b, ... }, 'a' is the highest bit, but we parse it
+ // first. We'll first read everything in to a vector, then we can reverse
+ // it to get the bits in the correct order for the BitsInit value.
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = Vals.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ // FIXME: The following two loops would not be duplicated
+ // if the API was a little more orthogonal.
+
+ // bits<n> values are allowed to initialize n bits.
+ if (BitsInit *BI = dyn_cast<BitsInit>(Vals[i])) {
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = BI->getNumBits(); i != e; ++i)
+ NewBits.push_back(BI->getBit((e - i) - 1));
+ continue;
+ }
+ // bits<n> can also come from variable initializers.
+ if (VarInit *VI = dyn_cast<VarInit>(Vals[i])) {
+ if (BitsRecTy *BitsRec = dyn_cast<BitsRecTy>(VI->getType())) {
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = BitsRec->getNumBits(); i != e; ++i)
+ NewBits.push_back(VI->getBit((e - i) - 1));
+ continue;
+ }
+ // Fallthrough to try convert this to a bit.
+ }
+ // All other values must be convertible to just a single bit.
+ Init *Bit = Vals[i]->getCastTo(BitRecTy::get(Records));
+ if (!Bit) {
+ Error(BraceLoc, "Element #" + Twine(i) + " (" + Vals[i]->getAsString() +
+ ") is not convertable to a bit");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ NewBits.push_back(Bit);
+ }
+ std::reverse(NewBits.begin(), NewBits.end());
+ return BitsInit::get(Records, NewBits);
+ }
+ case tgtok::l_square: { // Value ::= '[' ValueList ']'
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '['
+ SmallVector<Init*, 16> Vals;
+
+ RecTy *DeducedEltTy = nullptr;
+ ListRecTy *GivenListTy = nullptr;
+
+ if (ItemType) {
+ ListRecTy *ListType = dyn_cast<ListRecTy>(ItemType);
+ if (!ListType) {
+ TokError(Twine("Encountered a list when expecting a ") +
+ ItemType->getAsString());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ GivenListTy = ListType;
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::r_square) {
+ ParseValueList(Vals, CurRec,
+ GivenListTy ? GivenListTy->getElementType() : nullptr);
+ if (Vals.empty()) return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_square)) {
+ TokError("expected ']' at end of list value");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ RecTy *GivenEltTy = nullptr;
+ if (consume(tgtok::less)) {
+ // Optional list element type
+ GivenEltTy = ParseType();
+ if (!GivenEltTy) {
+ // Couldn't parse element type
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::greater)) {
+ TokError("expected '>' at end of list element type");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check elements
+ RecTy *EltTy = nullptr;
+ for (Init *V : Vals) {
+ TypedInit *TArg = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(V);
+ if (TArg) {
+ if (EltTy) {
+ EltTy = resolveTypes(EltTy, TArg->getType());
+ if (!EltTy) {
+ TokError("Incompatible types in list elements");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ } else {
+ EltTy = TArg->getType();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (GivenEltTy) {
+ if (EltTy) {
+ // Verify consistency
+ if (!EltTy->typeIsConvertibleTo(GivenEltTy)) {
+ TokError("Incompatible types in list elements");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ EltTy = GivenEltTy;
+ }
+
+ if (!EltTy) {
+ if (!ItemType) {
+ TokError("No type for list");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ DeducedEltTy = GivenListTy->getElementType();
+ } else {
+ // Make sure the deduced type is compatible with the given type
+ if (GivenListTy) {
+ if (!EltTy->typeIsConvertibleTo(GivenListTy->getElementType())) {
+ TokError(Twine("Element type mismatch for list: element type '") +
+ EltTy->getAsString() + "' not convertible to '" +
+ GivenListTy->getElementType()->getAsString());
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+ DeducedEltTy = EltTy;
+ }
+
+ return ListInit::get(Vals, DeducedEltTy);
+ }
+ case tgtok::l_paren: { // Value ::= '(' IDValue DagArgList ')'
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '('
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id && Lex.getCode() != tgtok::XCast &&
+ Lex.getCode() != tgtok::question && Lex.getCode() != tgtok::XGetDagOp) {
+ TokError("expected identifier in dag init");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *Operator = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!Operator) return nullptr;
+
+ // If the operator name is present, parse it.
+ StringInit *OperatorName = nullptr;
+ if (consume(tgtok::colon)) {
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::VarName) { // eat the ':'
+ TokError("expected variable name in dag operator");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ OperatorName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the VarName.
+ }
+
+ SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::Init*, StringInit*>, 8> DagArgs;
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::r_paren) {
+ ParseDagArgList(DagArgs, CurRec);
+ if (DagArgs.empty()) return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_paren)) {
+ TokError("expected ')' in dag init");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ return DagInit::get(Operator, OperatorName, DagArgs);
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::XHead:
+ case tgtok::XTail:
+ case tgtok::XSize:
+ case tgtok::XEmpty:
+ case tgtok::XCast:
+ case tgtok::XGetDagOp: // Value ::= !unop '(' Value ')'
+ case tgtok::XExists:
+ case tgtok::XIsA:
+ case tgtok::XConcat:
+ case tgtok::XDag:
+ case tgtok::XADD:
+ case tgtok::XSUB:
+ case tgtok::XMUL:
+ case tgtok::XDIV:
+ case tgtok::XNOT:
+ case tgtok::XLOG2:
+ case tgtok::XAND:
+ case tgtok::XOR:
+ case tgtok::XXOR:
+ case tgtok::XSRA:
+ case tgtok::XSRL:
+ case tgtok::XSHL:
+ case tgtok::XEq:
+ case tgtok::XNe:
+ case tgtok::XLe:
+ case tgtok::XLt:
+ case tgtok::XGe:
+ case tgtok::XGt:
+ case tgtok::XListConcat:
+ case tgtok::XListSplat:
+ case tgtok::XListRemove:
+ case tgtok::XStrConcat:
+ case tgtok::XInterleave:
+ case tgtok::XSetDagOp: // Value ::= !binop '(' Value ',' Value ')'
+ case tgtok::XIf:
+ case tgtok::XCond:
+ case tgtok::XFoldl:
+ case tgtok::XForEach:
+ case tgtok::XFilter:
+ case tgtok::XSubst:
+ case tgtok::XSubstr:
+ case tgtok::XFind: { // Value ::= !ternop '(' Value ',' Value ',' Value ')'
+ return ParseOperation(CurRec, ItemType);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return R;
+}
+
+/// ParseValue - Parse a TableGen value. This returns null on error.
+///
+/// Value ::= SimpleValue ValueSuffix*
+/// ValueSuffix ::= '{' BitList '}'
+/// ValueSuffix ::= '[' BitList ']'
+/// ValueSuffix ::= '.' ID
+///
+Init *TGParser::ParseValue(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType, IDParseMode Mode) {
+ Init *Result = ParseSimpleValue(CurRec, ItemType, Mode);
+ if (!Result) return nullptr;
+
+ // Parse the suffixes now if present.
+ while (true) {
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default: return Result;
+ case tgtok::l_brace: {
+ if (Mode == ParseNameMode)
+ // This is the beginning of the object body.
+ return Result;
+
+ SMLoc CurlyLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '{'
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 16> Ranges;
+ ParseRangeList(Ranges);
+ if (Ranges.empty()) return nullptr;
+
+ // Reverse the bitlist.
+ std::reverse(Ranges.begin(), Ranges.end());
+ Result = Result->convertInitializerBitRange(Ranges);
+ if (!Result) {
+ Error(CurlyLoc, "Invalid bit range for value");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // Eat the '}'.
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of bit range list");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::l_square: {
+ SMLoc SquareLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '['
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 16> Ranges;
+ ParseRangeList(Ranges);
+ if (Ranges.empty()) return nullptr;
+
+ Result = Result->convertInitListSlice(Ranges);
+ if (!Result) {
+ Error(SquareLoc, "Invalid range for list slice");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // Eat the ']'.
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_square)) {
+ TokError("expected ']' at end of list slice");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case tgtok::dot: {
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::Id) { // eat the .
+ TokError("expected field identifier after '.'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ SMRange FieldNameLoc = Lex.getLocRange();
+ StringInit *FieldName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (!Result->getFieldType(FieldName)) {
+ TokError("Cannot access field '" + Lex.getCurStrVal() + "' of value '" +
+ Result->getAsString() + "'");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // Add a reference to this field if we know the record class.
+ if (TrackReferenceLocs) {
+ if (auto *DI = dyn_cast<DefInit>(Result)) {
+ DI->getDef()->getValue(FieldName)->addReferenceLoc(FieldNameLoc);
+ } else if (auto *TI = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(Result)) {
+ if (auto *RecTy = dyn_cast<RecordRecTy>(TI->getType())) {
+ for (Record *R : RecTy->getClasses())
+ if (auto *RV = R->getValue(FieldName))
+ RV->addReferenceLoc(FieldNameLoc);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ Result = FieldInit::get(Result, FieldName)->Fold(CurRec);
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat field name
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case tgtok::paste:
+ SMLoc PasteLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ TypedInit *LHS = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(Result);
+ if (!LHS) {
+ Error(PasteLoc, "LHS of paste is not typed!");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // Check if it's a 'listA # listB'
+ if (isa<ListRecTy>(LHS->getType())) {
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the '#'.
+
+ assert(Mode == ParseValueMode && "encountered paste of lists in name");
+
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ case tgtok::colon:
+ case tgtok::semi:
+ case tgtok::l_brace:
+ Result = LHS; // trailing paste, ignore.
+ break;
+ default:
+ Init *RHSResult = ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType, ParseValueMode);
+ if (!RHSResult)
+ return nullptr;
+ Result = BinOpInit::getListConcat(LHS, RHSResult);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Create a !strconcat() operation, first casting each operand to
+ // a string if necessary.
+ if (LHS->getType() != StringRecTy::get(Records)) {
+ auto CastLHS = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(
+ UnOpInit::get(UnOpInit::CAST, LHS, StringRecTy::get(Records))
+ ->Fold(CurRec));
+ if (!CastLHS) {
+ Error(PasteLoc,
+ Twine("can't cast '") + LHS->getAsString() + "' to string");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ LHS = CastLHS;
+ }
+
+ TypedInit *RHS = nullptr;
+
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the '#'.
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ case tgtok::colon:
+ case tgtok::semi:
+ case tgtok::l_brace:
+ // These are all of the tokens that can begin an object body.
+ // Some of these can also begin values but we disallow those cases
+ // because they are unlikely to be useful.
+
+ // Trailing paste, concat with an empty string.
+ RHS = StringInit::get(Records, "");
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ Init *RHSResult = ParseValue(CurRec, nullptr, ParseNameMode);
+ if (!RHSResult)
+ return nullptr;
+ RHS = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(RHSResult);
+ if (!RHS) {
+ Error(PasteLoc, "RHS of paste is not typed!");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (RHS->getType() != StringRecTy::get(Records)) {
+ auto CastRHS = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(
+ UnOpInit::get(UnOpInit::CAST, RHS, StringRecTy::get(Records))
+ ->Fold(CurRec));
+ if (!CastRHS) {
+ Error(PasteLoc,
+ Twine("can't cast '") + RHS->getAsString() + "' to string");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ RHS = CastRHS;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Result = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(LHS, RHS);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseDagArgList - Parse the argument list for a dag literal expression.
+///
+/// DagArg ::= Value (':' VARNAME)?
+/// DagArg ::= VARNAME
+/// DagArgList ::= DagArg
+/// DagArgList ::= DagArgList ',' DagArg
+void TGParser::ParseDagArgList(
+ SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<llvm::Init*, StringInit*>> &Result,
+ Record *CurRec) {
+
+ while (true) {
+ // DagArg ::= VARNAME
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::VarName) {
+ // A missing value is treated like '?'.
+ StringInit *VarName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ Result.emplace_back(UnsetInit::get(Records), VarName);
+ Lex.Lex();
+ } else {
+ // DagArg ::= Value (':' VARNAME)?
+ Init *Val = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!Val) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // If the variable name is present, add it.
+ StringInit *VarName = nullptr;
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::colon) {
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::VarName) { // eat the ':'
+ TokError("expected variable name in dag literal");
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+ VarName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the VarName.
+ }
+
+ Result.push_back(std::make_pair(Val, VarName));
+ }
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseValueList - Parse a comma separated list of values, returning them
+/// in a vector. Note that this always expects to be able to parse at least one
+/// value. It returns an empty list if this is not possible.
+///
+/// ValueList ::= Value (',' Value)
+///
+void TGParser::ParseValueList(SmallVectorImpl<Init *> &Result, Record *CurRec,
+ RecTy *ItemType) {
+
+ Result.push_back(ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType));
+ if (!Result.back()) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ while (consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ // ignore trailing comma for lists
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::r_square)
+ return;
+ Result.push_back(ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType));
+ if (!Result.back()) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// ParseTemplateArgValueList - Parse a template argument list with the syntax
+// shown, filling in the Result vector. The open angle has been consumed.
+// An empty argument list is allowed. Return false if okay, true if an
+// error was detected.
+//
+// TemplateArgList ::= '<' [Value {',' Value}*] '>'
+bool TGParser::ParseTemplateArgValueList(SmallVectorImpl<Init *> &Result,
+ Record *CurRec, Record *ArgsRec) {
+
+ assert(Result.empty() && "Result vector is not empty");
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = ArgsRec->getTemplateArgs();
+ unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
+ RecTy *ItemType;
+
+ if (consume(tgtok::greater)) // empty value list
+ return false;
+
+ while (true) {
+ if (ArgIndex >= TArgs.size()) {
+ TokError("Too many template arguments: " + utostr(ArgIndex + 1));
+ return true;
+ }
+ const RecordVal *Arg = ArgsRec->getValue(TArgs[ArgIndex]);
+ assert(Arg && "Template argument record not found");
+
+ ItemType = Arg->getType();
+ Init *Value = ParseValue(CurRec, ItemType);
+ if (!Value)
+ return true;
+ Result.push_back(Value);
+
+ if (consume(tgtok::greater)) // end of argument list?
+ return false;
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ return TokError("Expected comma before next argument");
+ ++ArgIndex;
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseDeclaration - Read a declaration, returning the name of field ID, or an
+/// empty string on error. This can happen in a number of different contexts,
+/// including within a def or in the template args for a class (in which case
+/// CurRec will be non-null) and within the template args for a multiclass (in
+/// which case CurRec will be null, but CurMultiClass will be set). This can
+/// also happen within a def that is within a multiclass, which will set both
+/// CurRec and CurMultiClass.
+///
+/// Declaration ::= FIELD? Type ID ('=' Value)?
+///
+Init *TGParser::ParseDeclaration(Record *CurRec,
+ bool ParsingTemplateArgs) {
+ // Read the field prefix if present.
+ bool HasField = consume(tgtok::Field);
+
+ RecTy *Type = ParseType();
+ if (!Type) return nullptr;
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id) {
+ TokError("Expected identifier in declaration");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ std::string Str = Lex.getCurStrVal();
+ if (Str == "NAME") {
+ TokError("'" + Str + "' is a reserved variable name");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ SMLoc IdLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *DeclName = StringInit::get(Records, Str);
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ bool BadField;
+ if (!ParsingTemplateArgs) { // def, possibly in a multiclass
+ BadField = AddValue(CurRec, IdLoc,
+ RecordVal(DeclName, IdLoc, Type,
+ HasField ? RecordVal::FK_NonconcreteOK
+ : RecordVal::FK_Normal));
+
+ } else if (CurRec) { // class template argument
+ DeclName = QualifyName(*CurRec, CurMultiClass, DeclName, ":");
+ BadField = AddValue(CurRec, IdLoc, RecordVal(DeclName, IdLoc, Type,
+ RecordVal::FK_TemplateArg));
+
+ } else { // multiclass template argument
+ assert(CurMultiClass && "invalid context for template argument");
+ DeclName = QualifyName(CurMultiClass->Rec, CurMultiClass, DeclName, "::");
+ BadField = AddValue(CurRec, IdLoc, RecordVal(DeclName, IdLoc, Type,
+ RecordVal::FK_TemplateArg));
+ }
+ if (BadField)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ // If a value is present, parse it and set new field's value.
+ if (consume(tgtok::equal)) {
+ SMLoc ValLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *Val = ParseValue(CurRec, Type);
+ if (!Val ||
+ SetValue(CurRec, ValLoc, DeclName, std::nullopt, Val,
+ /*AllowSelfAssignment=*/false, /*OverrideDefLoc=*/false)) {
+ // Return the name, even if an error is thrown. This is so that we can
+ // continue to make some progress, even without the value having been
+ // initialized.
+ return DeclName;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DeclName;
+}
+
+/// ParseForeachDeclaration - Read a foreach declaration, returning
+/// the name of the declared object or a NULL Init on error. Return
+/// the name of the parsed initializer list through ForeachListName.
+///
+/// ForeachDeclaration ::= ID '=' '{' RangeList '}'
+/// ForeachDeclaration ::= ID '=' RangePiece
+/// ForeachDeclaration ::= ID '=' Value
+///
+VarInit *TGParser::ParseForeachDeclaration(Init *&ForeachListValue) {
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id) {
+ TokError("Expected identifier in foreach declaration");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ Init *DeclName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ // If a value is present, parse it.
+ if (!consume(tgtok::equal)) {
+ TokError("Expected '=' in foreach declaration");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ RecTy *IterType = nullptr;
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 16> Ranges;
+
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ case tgtok::l_brace: { // '{' RangeList '}'
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '{'
+ ParseRangeList(Ranges);
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of bit range list");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default: {
+ SMLoc ValueLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *I = ParseValue(nullptr);
+ if (!I)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ TypedInit *TI = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(I);
+ if (TI && isa<ListRecTy>(TI->getType())) {
+ ForeachListValue = I;
+ IterType = cast<ListRecTy>(TI->getType())->getElementType();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (TI) {
+ if (ParseRangePiece(Ranges, TI))
+ return nullptr;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Error(ValueLoc, "expected a list, got '" + I->getAsString() + "'");
+ if (CurMultiClass) {
+ PrintNote({}, "references to multiclass template arguments cannot be "
+ "resolved at this time");
+ }
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if (!Ranges.empty()) {
+ assert(!IterType && "Type already initialized?");
+ IterType = IntRecTy::get(Records);
+ std::vector<Init *> Values;
+ for (unsigned R : Ranges)
+ Values.push_back(IntInit::get(Records, R));
+ ForeachListValue = ListInit::get(Values, IterType);
+ }
+
+ if (!IterType)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ return VarInit::get(DeclName, IterType);
+}
+
+/// ParseTemplateArgList - Read a template argument list, which is a non-empty
+/// sequence of template-declarations in <>'s. If CurRec is non-null, these are
+/// template args for a class. If null, these are the template args for a
+/// multiclass.
+///
+/// TemplateArgList ::= '<' Declaration (',' Declaration)* '>'
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseTemplateArgList(Record *CurRec) {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::less && "Not a template arg list!");
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '<'
+
+ Record *TheRecToAddTo = CurRec ? CurRec : &CurMultiClass->Rec;
+
+ // Read the first declaration.
+ Init *TemplArg = ParseDeclaration(CurRec, true/*templateargs*/);
+ if (!TemplArg)
+ return true;
+
+ TheRecToAddTo->addTemplateArg(TemplArg);
+
+ while (consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ // Read the following declarations.
+ SMLoc Loc = Lex.getLoc();
+ TemplArg = ParseDeclaration(CurRec, true/*templateargs*/);
+ if (!TemplArg)
+ return true;
+
+ if (TheRecToAddTo->isTemplateArg(TemplArg))
+ return Error(Loc, "template argument with the same name has already been "
+ "defined");
+
+ TheRecToAddTo->addTemplateArg(TemplArg);
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::greater))
+ return TokError("expected '>' at end of template argument list");
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseBodyItem - Parse a single item within the body of a def or class.
+///
+/// BodyItem ::= Declaration ';'
+/// BodyItem ::= LET ID OptionalBitList '=' Value ';'
+/// BodyItem ::= Defvar
+/// BodyItem ::= Assert
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseBodyItem(Record *CurRec) {
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Assert)
+ return ParseAssert(nullptr, CurRec);
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Defvar)
+ return ParseDefvar();
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Let) {
+ if (!ParseDeclaration(CurRec, false))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return TokError("expected ';' after declaration");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // LET ID OptionalRangeList '=' Value ';'
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::Id)
+ return TokError("expected field identifier after let");
+
+ SMLoc IdLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ StringInit *FieldName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the field name.
+
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 16> BitList;
+ if (ParseOptionalBitList(BitList))
+ return true;
+ std::reverse(BitList.begin(), BitList.end());
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::equal))
+ return TokError("expected '=' in let expression");
+
+ RecordVal *Field = CurRec->getValue(FieldName);
+ if (!Field)
+ return TokError("Value '" + FieldName->getValue() + "' unknown!");
+
+ RecTy *Type = Field->getType();
+ if (!BitList.empty() && isa<BitsRecTy>(Type)) {
+ // When assigning to a subset of a 'bits' object, expect the RHS to have
+ // the type of that subset instead of the type of the whole object.
+ Type = BitsRecTy::get(Records, BitList.size());
+ }
+
+ Init *Val = ParseValue(CurRec, Type);
+ if (!Val) return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return TokError("expected ';' after let expression");
+
+ return SetValue(CurRec, IdLoc, FieldName, BitList, Val);
+}
+
+/// ParseBody - Read the body of a class or def. Return true on error, false on
+/// success.
+///
+/// Body ::= ';'
+/// Body ::= '{' BodyList '}'
+/// BodyList BodyItem*
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseBody(Record *CurRec) {
+ // If this is a null definition, just eat the semi and return.
+ if (consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::l_brace))
+ return TokError("Expected '{' to start body or ';' for declaration only");
+
+ // An object body introduces a new scope for local variables.
+ TGLocalVarScope *BodyScope = PushLocalScope();
+
+ while (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::r_brace)
+ if (ParseBodyItem(CurRec))
+ return true;
+
+ PopLocalScope(BodyScope);
+
+ // Eat the '}'.
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ // If we have a semicolon, print a gentle error.
+ SMLoc SemiLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ if (consume(tgtok::semi)) {
+ PrintError(SemiLoc, "A class or def body should not end with a semicolon");
+ PrintNote("Semicolon ignored; remove to eliminate this error");
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// Apply the current let bindings to \a CurRec.
+/// \returns true on error, false otherwise.
+bool TGParser::ApplyLetStack(Record *CurRec) {
+ for (SmallVectorImpl<LetRecord> &LetInfo : LetStack)
+ for (LetRecord &LR : LetInfo)
+ if (SetValue(CurRec, LR.Loc, LR.Name, LR.Bits, LR.Value))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// Apply the current let bindings to the RecordsEntry.
+bool TGParser::ApplyLetStack(RecordsEntry &Entry) {
+ if (Entry.Rec)
+ return ApplyLetStack(Entry.Rec.get());
+
+ // Let bindings are not applied to assertions.
+ if (Entry.Assertion)
+ return false;
+
+ for (auto &E : Entry.Loop->Entries) {
+ if (ApplyLetStack(E))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseObjectBody - Parse the body of a def or class. This consists of an
+/// optional ClassList followed by a Body. CurRec is the current def or class
+/// that is being parsed.
+///
+/// ObjectBody ::= BaseClassList Body
+/// BaseClassList ::= /*empty*/
+/// BaseClassList ::= ':' BaseClassListNE
+/// BaseClassListNE ::= SubClassRef (',' SubClassRef)*
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseObjectBody(Record *CurRec) {
+ // If there is a baseclass list, read it.
+ if (consume(tgtok::colon)) {
+
+ // Read all of the subclasses.
+ SubClassReference SubClass = ParseSubClassReference(CurRec, false);
+ while (true) {
+ // Check for error.
+ if (!SubClass.Rec) return true;
+
+ // Add it.
+ if (AddSubClass(CurRec, SubClass))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ break;
+ SubClass = ParseSubClassReference(CurRec, false);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ApplyLetStack(CurRec))
+ return true;
+
+ return ParseBody(CurRec);
+}
+
+/// ParseDef - Parse and return a top level or multiclass record definition.
+/// Return false if okay, true if error.
+///
+/// DefInst ::= DEF ObjectName ObjectBody
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseDef(MultiClass *CurMultiClass) {
+ SMLoc DefLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Def && "Unknown tok");
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the 'def' token.
+
+ // If the name of the def is an Id token, use that for the location.
+ // Otherwise, the name is more complex and we use the location of the 'def'
+ // token.
+ SMLoc NameLoc = Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Id ? Lex.getLoc() : DefLoc;
+
+ // Parse ObjectName and make a record for it.
+ std::unique_ptr<Record> CurRec;
+ Init *Name = ParseObjectName(CurMultiClass);
+ if (!Name)
+ return true;
+
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(Name)) {
+ CurRec =
+ std::make_unique<Record>(Records.getNewAnonymousName(), DefLoc, Records,
+ /*Anonymous=*/true);
+ } else {
+ CurRec = std::make_unique<Record>(Name, NameLoc, Records);
+ }
+
+ if (ParseObjectBody(CurRec.get()))
+ return true;
+
+ return addEntry(std::move(CurRec));
+}
+
+/// ParseDefset - Parse a defset statement.
+///
+/// Defset ::= DEFSET Type Id '=' '{' ObjectList '}'
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseDefset() {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Defset);
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the 'defset' token
+
+ DefsetRecord Defset;
+ Defset.Loc = Lex.getLoc();
+ RecTy *Type = ParseType();
+ if (!Type)
+ return true;
+ if (!isa<ListRecTy>(Type))
+ return Error(Defset.Loc, "expected list type");
+ Defset.EltTy = cast<ListRecTy>(Type)->getElementType();
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id)
+ return TokError("expected identifier");
+ StringInit *DeclName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (Records.getGlobal(DeclName->getValue()))
+ return TokError("def or global variable of this name already exists");
+
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::equal) // Eat the identifier
+ return TokError("expected '='");
+ if (Lex.Lex() != tgtok::l_brace) // Eat the '='
+ return TokError("expected '{'");
+ SMLoc BraceLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the '{'
+
+ Defsets.push_back(&Defset);
+ bool Err = ParseObjectList(nullptr);
+ Defsets.pop_back();
+ if (Err)
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of defset");
+ return Error(BraceLoc, "to match this '{'");
+ }
+
+ Records.addExtraGlobal(DeclName->getValue(),
+ ListInit::get(Defset.Elements, Defset.EltTy));
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseDefvar - Parse a defvar statement.
+///
+/// Defvar ::= DEFVAR Id '=' Value ';'
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseDefvar() {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Defvar);
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the 'defvar' token
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id)
+ return TokError("expected identifier");
+ StringInit *DeclName = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (CurLocalScope) {
+ if (CurLocalScope->varAlreadyDefined(DeclName->getValue()))
+ return TokError("local variable of this name already exists");
+ } else {
+ if (Records.getGlobal(DeclName->getValue()))
+ return TokError("def or global variable of this name already exists");
+ }
+
+ Lex.Lex();
+ if (!consume(tgtok::equal))
+ return TokError("expected '='");
+
+ Init *Value = ParseValue(nullptr);
+ if (!Value)
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return TokError("expected ';'");
+
+ if (CurLocalScope)
+ CurLocalScope->addVar(DeclName->getValue(), Value);
+ else
+ Records.addExtraGlobal(DeclName->getValue(), Value);
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseForeach - Parse a for statement. Return the record corresponding
+/// to it. This returns true on error.
+///
+/// Foreach ::= FOREACH Declaration IN '{ ObjectList '}'
+/// Foreach ::= FOREACH Declaration IN Object
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseForeach(MultiClass *CurMultiClass) {
+ SMLoc Loc = Lex.getLoc();
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Foreach && "Unknown tok");
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the 'for' token.
+
+ // Make a temporary object to record items associated with the for
+ // loop.
+ Init *ListValue = nullptr;
+ VarInit *IterName = ParseForeachDeclaration(ListValue);
+ if (!IterName)
+ return TokError("expected declaration in for");
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::In))
+ return TokError("Unknown tok");
+
+ // Create a loop object and remember it.
+ Loops.push_back(std::make_unique<ForeachLoop>(Loc, IterName, ListValue));
+
+ // A foreach loop introduces a new scope for local variables.
+ TGLocalVarScope *ForeachScope = PushLocalScope();
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::l_brace) {
+ // FOREACH Declaration IN Object
+ if (ParseObject(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ SMLoc BraceLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ // Otherwise, this is a group foreach.
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '{'.
+
+ // Parse the object list.
+ if (ParseObjectList(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of foreach command");
+ return Error(BraceLoc, "to match this '{'");
+ }
+ }
+
+ PopLocalScope(ForeachScope);
+
+ // Resolve the loop or store it for later resolution.
+ std::unique_ptr<ForeachLoop> Loop = std::move(Loops.back());
+ Loops.pop_back();
+
+ return addEntry(std::move(Loop));
+}
+
+/// ParseIf - Parse an if statement.
+///
+/// If ::= IF Value THEN IfBody
+/// If ::= IF Value THEN IfBody ELSE IfBody
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseIf(MultiClass *CurMultiClass) {
+ SMLoc Loc = Lex.getLoc();
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::If && "Unknown tok");
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the 'if' token.
+
+ // Make a temporary object to record items associated with the for
+ // loop.
+ Init *Condition = ParseValue(nullptr);
+ if (!Condition)
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::Then))
+ return TokError("Unknown tok");
+
+ // We have to be able to save if statements to execute later, and they have
+ // to live on the same stack as foreach loops. The simplest implementation
+ // technique is to convert each 'then' or 'else' clause *into* a foreach
+ // loop, over a list of length 0 or 1 depending on the condition, and with no
+ // iteration variable being assigned.
+
+ ListInit *EmptyList = ListInit::get({}, BitRecTy::get(Records));
+ ListInit *SingletonList =
+ ListInit::get({BitInit::get(Records, true)}, BitRecTy::get(Records));
+ RecTy *BitListTy = ListRecTy::get(BitRecTy::get(Records));
+
+ // The foreach containing the then-clause selects SingletonList if
+ // the condition is true.
+ Init *ThenClauseList =
+ TernOpInit::get(TernOpInit::IF, Condition, SingletonList, EmptyList,
+ BitListTy)
+ ->Fold(nullptr);
+ Loops.push_back(std::make_unique<ForeachLoop>(Loc, nullptr, ThenClauseList));
+
+ if (ParseIfBody(CurMultiClass, "then"))
+ return true;
+
+ std::unique_ptr<ForeachLoop> Loop = std::move(Loops.back());
+ Loops.pop_back();
+
+ if (addEntry(std::move(Loop)))
+ return true;
+
+ // Now look for an optional else clause. The if-else syntax has the usual
+ // dangling-else ambiguity, and by greedily matching an else here if we can,
+ // we implement the usual resolution of pairing with the innermost unmatched
+ // if.
+ if (consume(tgtok::ElseKW)) {
+ // The foreach containing the else-clause uses the same pair of lists as
+ // above, but this time, selects SingletonList if the condition is *false*.
+ Init *ElseClauseList =
+ TernOpInit::get(TernOpInit::IF, Condition, EmptyList, SingletonList,
+ BitListTy)
+ ->Fold(nullptr);
+ Loops.push_back(
+ std::make_unique<ForeachLoop>(Loc, nullptr, ElseClauseList));
+
+ if (ParseIfBody(CurMultiClass, "else"))
+ return true;
+
+ Loop = std::move(Loops.back());
+ Loops.pop_back();
+
+ if (addEntry(std::move(Loop)))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseIfBody - Parse the then-clause or else-clause of an if statement.
+///
+/// IfBody ::= Object
+/// IfBody ::= '{' ObjectList '}'
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseIfBody(MultiClass *CurMultiClass, StringRef Kind) {
+ TGLocalVarScope *BodyScope = PushLocalScope();
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::l_brace) {
+ // A single object.
+ if (ParseObject(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ SMLoc BraceLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ // A braced block.
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '{'.
+
+ // Parse the object list.
+ if (ParseObjectList(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of '" + Kind + "' clause");
+ return Error(BraceLoc, "to match this '{'");
+ }
+ }
+
+ PopLocalScope(BodyScope);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseAssert - Parse an assert statement.
+///
+/// Assert ::= ASSERT condition , message ;
+bool TGParser::ParseAssert(MultiClass *CurMultiClass, Record *CurRec) {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Assert && "Unknown tok");
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the 'assert' token.
+
+ SMLoc ConditionLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Init *Condition = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!Condition)
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma)) {
+ TokError("expected ',' in assert statement");
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Init *Message = ParseValue(CurRec);
+ if (!Message)
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return TokError("expected ';'");
+
+ if (CurRec)
+ CurRec->addAssertion(ConditionLoc, Condition, Message);
+ else
+ addEntry(std::make_unique<Record::AssertionInfo>(ConditionLoc, Condition,
+ Message));
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseClass - Parse a tblgen class definition.
+///
+/// ClassInst ::= CLASS ID TemplateArgList? ObjectBody
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseClass() {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Class && "Unexpected token!");
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id)
+ return TokError("expected class name after 'class' keyword");
+
+ Record *CurRec = Records.getClass(Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ if (CurRec) {
+ // If the body was previously defined, this is an error.
+ if (!CurRec->getValues().empty() ||
+ !CurRec->getSuperClasses().empty() ||
+ !CurRec->getTemplateArgs().empty())
+ return TokError("Class '" + CurRec->getNameInitAsString() +
+ "' already defined");
+
+ CurRec->updateClassLoc(Lex.getLoc());
+ } else {
+ // If this is the first reference to this class, create and add it.
+ auto NewRec =
+ std::make_unique<Record>(Lex.getCurStrVal(), Lex.getLoc(), Records,
+ /*Class=*/true);
+ CurRec = NewRec.get();
+ Records.addClass(std::move(NewRec));
+ }
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the name.
+
+ // If there are template args, parse them.
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::less)
+ if (ParseTemplateArgList(CurRec))
+ return true;
+
+ if (ParseObjectBody(CurRec))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs)
+ CurRec->checkUnusedTemplateArgs();
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseLetList - Parse a non-empty list of assignment expressions into a list
+/// of LetRecords.
+///
+/// LetList ::= LetItem (',' LetItem)*
+/// LetItem ::= ID OptionalRangeList '=' Value
+///
+void TGParser::ParseLetList(SmallVectorImpl<LetRecord> &Result) {
+ do {
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id) {
+ TokError("expected identifier in let definition");
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ StringInit *Name = StringInit::get(Records, Lex.getCurStrVal());
+ SMLoc NameLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the identifier.
+
+ // Check for an optional RangeList.
+ SmallVector<unsigned, 16> Bits;
+ if (ParseOptionalRangeList(Bits)) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+ std::reverse(Bits.begin(), Bits.end());
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::equal)) {
+ TokError("expected '=' in let expression");
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Init *Val = ParseValue(nullptr);
+ if (!Val) {
+ Result.clear();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Now that we have everything, add the record.
+ Result.emplace_back(Name, Bits, Val, NameLoc);
+ } while (consume(tgtok::comma));
+}
+
+/// ParseTopLevelLet - Parse a 'let' at top level. This can be a couple of
+/// different related productions. This works inside multiclasses too.
+///
+/// Object ::= LET LetList IN '{' ObjectList '}'
+/// Object ::= LET LetList IN Object
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseTopLevelLet(MultiClass *CurMultiClass) {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Let && "Unexpected token");
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ // Add this entry to the let stack.
+ SmallVector<LetRecord, 8> LetInfo;
+ ParseLetList(LetInfo);
+ if (LetInfo.empty()) return true;
+ LetStack.push_back(std::move(LetInfo));
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::In))
+ return TokError("expected 'in' at end of top-level 'let'");
+
+ TGLocalVarScope *LetScope = PushLocalScope();
+
+ // If this is a scalar let, just handle it now
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::l_brace) {
+ // LET LetList IN Object
+ if (ParseObject(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+ } else { // Object ::= LETCommand '{' ObjectList '}'
+ SMLoc BraceLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ // Otherwise, this is a group let.
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '{'.
+
+ // Parse the object list.
+ if (ParseObjectList(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::r_brace)) {
+ TokError("expected '}' at end of top level let command");
+ return Error(BraceLoc, "to match this '{'");
+ }
+ }
+
+ PopLocalScope(LetScope);
+
+ // Outside this let scope, this let block is not active.
+ LetStack.pop_back();
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseMultiClass - Parse a multiclass definition.
+///
+/// MultiClassInst ::= MULTICLASS ID TemplateArgList?
+/// ':' BaseMultiClassList '{' MultiClassObject+ '}'
+/// MultiClassObject ::= Assert
+/// MultiClassObject ::= DefInst
+/// MultiClassObject ::= DefMInst
+/// MultiClassObject ::= Defvar
+/// MultiClassObject ::= Foreach
+/// MultiClassObject ::= If
+/// MultiClassObject ::= LETCommand '{' ObjectList '}'
+/// MultiClassObject ::= LETCommand Object
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseMultiClass() {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::MultiClass && "Unexpected token");
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the multiclass token.
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id)
+ return TokError("expected identifier after multiclass for name");
+ std::string Name = Lex.getCurStrVal();
+
+ auto Result =
+ MultiClasses.insert(std::make_pair(Name,
+ std::make_unique<MultiClass>(Name, Lex.getLoc(),Records)));
+
+ if (!Result.second)
+ return TokError("multiclass '" + Name + "' already defined");
+
+ CurMultiClass = Result.first->second.get();
+ Lex.Lex(); // Eat the identifier.
+
+ // If there are template args, parse them.
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::less)
+ if (ParseTemplateArgList(nullptr))
+ return true;
+
+ bool inherits = false;
+
+ // If there are submulticlasses, parse them.
+ if (consume(tgtok::colon)) {
+ inherits = true;
+
+ // Read all of the submulticlasses.
+ SubMultiClassReference SubMultiClass =
+ ParseSubMultiClassReference(CurMultiClass);
+ while (true) {
+ // Check for error.
+ if (!SubMultiClass.MC) return true;
+
+ // Add it.
+ if (AddSubMultiClass(CurMultiClass, SubMultiClass))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ break;
+ SubMultiClass = ParseSubMultiClassReference(CurMultiClass);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::l_brace) {
+ if (!inherits)
+ return TokError("expected '{' in multiclass definition");
+ if (!consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return TokError("expected ';' in multiclass definition");
+ } else {
+ if (Lex.Lex() == tgtok::r_brace) // eat the '{'.
+ return TokError("multiclass must contain at least one def");
+
+ // A multiclass body introduces a new scope for local variables.
+ TGLocalVarScope *MulticlassScope = PushLocalScope();
+
+ while (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::r_brace) {
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default:
+ return TokError("expected 'assert', 'def', 'defm', 'defvar', "
+ "'foreach', 'if', or 'let' in multiclass body");
+
+ case tgtok::Assert:
+ case tgtok::Def:
+ case tgtok::Defm:
+ case tgtok::Defvar:
+ case tgtok::Foreach:
+ case tgtok::If:
+ case tgtok::Let:
+ if (ParseObject(CurMultiClass))
+ return true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the '}'.
+
+ // If we have a semicolon, print a gentle error.
+ SMLoc SemiLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ if (consume(tgtok::semi)) {
+ PrintError(SemiLoc, "A multiclass body should not end with a semicolon");
+ PrintNote("Semicolon ignored; remove to eliminate this error");
+ }
+
+ PopLocalScope(MulticlassScope);
+ }
+
+ if (!NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs)
+ CurMultiClass->Rec.checkUnusedTemplateArgs();
+
+ CurMultiClass = nullptr;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseDefm - Parse the instantiation of a multiclass.
+///
+/// DefMInst ::= DEFM ID ':' DefmSubClassRef ';'
+///
+bool TGParser::ParseDefm(MultiClass *CurMultiClass) {
+ assert(Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Defm && "Unexpected token!");
+ Lex.Lex(); // eat the defm
+
+ Init *DefmName = ParseObjectName(CurMultiClass);
+ if (!DefmName)
+ return true;
+ if (isa<UnsetInit>(DefmName)) {
+ DefmName = Records.getNewAnonymousName();
+ if (CurMultiClass)
+ DefmName = BinOpInit::getStrConcat(
+ VarInit::get(QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(CurMultiClass),
+ StringRecTy::get(Records)),
+ DefmName);
+ }
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::colon)
+ return TokError("expected ':' after defm identifier");
+
+ // Keep track of the new generated record definitions.
+ std::vector<RecordsEntry> NewEntries;
+
+ // This record also inherits from a regular class (non-multiclass)?
+ bool InheritFromClass = false;
+
+ // eat the colon.
+ Lex.Lex();
+
+ SMLoc SubClassLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+ SubClassReference Ref = ParseSubClassReference(nullptr, true);
+
+ while (true) {
+ if (!Ref.Rec) return true;
+
+ // To instantiate a multiclass, we get the multiclass and then loop
+ // through its template argument names. Substs contains a substitution
+ // value for each argument, either the value specified or the default.
+ // Then we can resolve the template arguments.
+ MultiClass *MC = MultiClasses[std::string(Ref.Rec->getName())].get();
+ assert(MC && "Didn't lookup multiclass correctly?");
+
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TemplateVals = Ref.TemplateArgs;
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = MC->Rec.getTemplateArgs();
+ SubstStack Substs;
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0, e = TArgs.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+ if (i < TemplateVals.size()) {
+ Substs.emplace_back(TArgs[i], TemplateVals[i]);
+ } else {
+ Init *Default = MC->Rec.getValue(TArgs[i])->getValue();
+ if (!Default->isComplete())
+ return Error(SubClassLoc,
+ "value not specified for template argument '" +
+ TArgs[i]->getAsUnquotedString() + "' (#" +
+ Twine(i) + ") of multiclass '" +
+ MC->Rec.getNameInitAsString() + "'");
+ Substs.emplace_back(TArgs[i], Default);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Substs.emplace_back(QualifiedNameOfImplicitName(MC), DefmName);
+
+ if (resolve(MC->Entries, Substs, !CurMultiClass && Loops.empty(),
+ &NewEntries, &SubClassLoc))
+ return true;
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ break;
+
+ if (Lex.getCode() != tgtok::Id)
+ return TokError("expected identifier");
+
+ SubClassLoc = Lex.getLoc();
+
+ // A defm can inherit from regular classes (non-multiclasses) as
+ // long as they come in the end of the inheritance list.
+ InheritFromClass = (Records.getClass(Lex.getCurStrVal()) != nullptr);
+
+ if (InheritFromClass)
+ break;
+
+ Ref = ParseSubClassReference(nullptr, true);
+ }
+
+ if (InheritFromClass) {
+ // Process all the classes to inherit as if they were part of a
+ // regular 'def' and inherit all record values.
+ SubClassReference SubClass = ParseSubClassReference(nullptr, false);
+ while (true) {
+ // Check for error.
+ if (!SubClass.Rec) return true;
+
+ // Get the expanded definition prototypes and teach them about
+ // the record values the current class to inherit has
+ for (auto &E : NewEntries) {
+ // Add it.
+ if (AddSubClass(E, SubClass))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::comma))
+ break;
+ SubClass = ParseSubClassReference(nullptr, false);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (auto &E : NewEntries) {
+ if (ApplyLetStack(E))
+ return true;
+
+ addEntry(std::move(E));
+ }
+
+ if (!consume(tgtok::semi))
+ return TokError("expected ';' at end of defm");
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/// ParseObject
+/// Object ::= ClassInst
+/// Object ::= DefInst
+/// Object ::= MultiClassInst
+/// Object ::= DefMInst
+/// Object ::= LETCommand '{' ObjectList '}'
+/// Object ::= LETCommand Object
+/// Object ::= Defset
+/// Object ::= Defvar
+/// Object ::= Assert
+bool TGParser::ParseObject(MultiClass *MC) {
+ switch (Lex.getCode()) {
+ default:
+ return TokError(
+ "Expected assert, class, def, defm, defset, foreach, if, or let");
+ case tgtok::Assert: return ParseAssert(MC);
+ case tgtok::Def: return ParseDef(MC);
+ case tgtok::Defm: return ParseDefm(MC);
+ case tgtok::Defvar: return ParseDefvar();
+ case tgtok::Foreach: return ParseForeach(MC);
+ case tgtok::If: return ParseIf(MC);
+ case tgtok::Let: return ParseTopLevelLet(MC);
+ case tgtok::Defset:
+ if (MC)
+ return TokError("defset is not allowed inside multiclass");
+ return ParseDefset();
+ case tgtok::Class:
+ if (MC)
+ return TokError("class is not allowed inside multiclass");
+ if (!Loops.empty())
+ return TokError("class is not allowed inside foreach loop");
+ return ParseClass();
+ case tgtok::MultiClass:
+ if (!Loops.empty())
+ return TokError("multiclass is not allowed inside foreach loop");
+ return ParseMultiClass();
+ }
+}
+
+/// ParseObjectList
+/// ObjectList :== Object*
+bool TGParser::ParseObjectList(MultiClass *MC) {
+ while (isObjectStart(Lex.getCode())) {
+ if (ParseObject(MC))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool TGParser::ParseFile() {
+ Lex.Lex(); // Prime the lexer.
+ if (ParseObjectList()) return true;
+
+ // If we have unread input at the end of the file, report it.
+ if (Lex.getCode() == tgtok::Eof)
+ return false;
+
+ return TokError("Unexpected token at top level");
+}
+
+// Check the types of the template argument values for a class
+// inheritance, multiclass invocation, or anonymous class invocation.
+// If necessary, replace an argument with a cast to the required type.
+// The argument count has already been checked.
+bool TGParser::CheckTemplateArgValues(SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Init *> &Values,
+ SMLoc Loc, Record *ArgsRec) {
+
+ ArrayRef<Init *> TArgs = ArgsRec->getTemplateArgs();
+
+ for (unsigned I = 0, E = Values.size(); I < E; ++I) {
+ RecordVal *Arg = ArgsRec->getValue(TArgs[I]);
+ RecTy *ArgType = Arg->getType();
+ auto *Value = Values[I];
+
+ if (TypedInit *ArgValue = dyn_cast<TypedInit>(Value)) {
+ auto *CastValue = ArgValue->getCastTo(ArgType);
+ if (CastValue) {
+ assert((!isa<TypedInit>(CastValue) ||
+ cast<TypedInit>(CastValue)->getType()->typeIsA(ArgType)) &&
+ "result of template arg value cast has wrong type");
+ Values[I] = CastValue;
+ } else {
+ PrintFatalError(Loc,
+ "Value specified for template argument '" +
+ Arg->getNameInitAsString() + "' (#" + Twine(I) +
+ ") is of type " + ArgValue->getType()->getAsString() +
+ "; expected type " + ArgType->getAsString() + ": " +
+ ArgValue->getAsString());
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void RecordsEntry::dump() const {
+ if (Loop)
+ Loop->dump();
+ if (Rec)
+ Rec->dump();
+}
+
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ForeachLoop::dump() const {
+ errs() << "foreach " << IterVar->getAsString() << " = "
+ << ListValue->getAsString() << " in {\n";
+
+ for (const auto &E : Entries)
+ E.dump();
+
+ errs() << "}\n";
+}
+
+LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void MultiClass::dump() const {
+ errs() << "Record:\n";
+ Rec.dump();
+
+ errs() << "Defs:\n";
+ for (const auto &E : Entries)
+ E.dump();
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.h b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f7271a5e79c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TGParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+//===- TGParser.h - Parser for TableGen Files -------------------*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This class represents the Parser for tablegen files.
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#ifndef LLVM_LIB_TABLEGEN_TGPARSER_H
+#define LLVM_LIB_TABLEGEN_TGPARSER_H
+
+#include "TGLexer.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Error.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/Record.h"
+#include <map>
+
+namespace llvm {
+ class SourceMgr;
+ class Twine;
+ struct ForeachLoop;
+ struct MultiClass;
+ struct SubClassReference;
+ struct SubMultiClassReference;
+
+ struct LetRecord {
+ StringInit *Name;
+ std::vector<unsigned> Bits;
+ Init *Value;
+ SMLoc Loc;
+ LetRecord(StringInit *N, ArrayRef<unsigned> B, Init *V, SMLoc L)
+ : Name(N), Bits(B), Value(V), Loc(L) {
+ }
+ };
+
+ /// RecordsEntry - Holds exactly one of a Record, ForeachLoop, or
+ /// AssertionInfo.
+ struct RecordsEntry {
+ std::unique_ptr<Record> Rec;
+ std::unique_ptr<ForeachLoop> Loop;
+ std::unique_ptr<Record::AssertionInfo> Assertion;
+
+ void dump() const;
+
+ RecordsEntry() = default;
+ RecordsEntry(std::unique_ptr<Record> Rec) : Rec(std::move(Rec)) {}
+ RecordsEntry(std::unique_ptr<ForeachLoop> Loop)
+ : Loop(std::move(Loop)) {}
+ RecordsEntry(std::unique_ptr<Record::AssertionInfo> Assertion)
+ : Assertion(std::move(Assertion)) {}
+ };
+
+ /// ForeachLoop - Record the iteration state associated with a for loop.
+ /// This is used to instantiate items in the loop body.
+ ///
+ /// IterVar is allowed to be null, in which case no iteration variable is
+ /// defined in the loop at all. (This happens when a ForeachLoop is
+ /// constructed by desugaring an if statement.)
+ struct ForeachLoop {
+ SMLoc Loc;
+ VarInit *IterVar;
+ Init *ListValue;
+ std::vector<RecordsEntry> Entries;
+
+ void dump() const;
+
+ ForeachLoop(SMLoc Loc, VarInit *IVar, Init *LValue)
+ : Loc(Loc), IterVar(IVar), ListValue(LValue) {}
+ };
+
+ struct DefsetRecord {
+ SMLoc Loc;
+ RecTy *EltTy = nullptr;
+ SmallVector<Init *, 16> Elements;
+ };
+
+class TGLocalVarScope {
+ // A scope to hold local variable definitions from defvar.
+ std::map<std::string, Init *, std::less<>> vars;
+ std::unique_ptr<TGLocalVarScope> parent;
+
+public:
+ TGLocalVarScope() = default;
+ TGLocalVarScope(std::unique_ptr<TGLocalVarScope> parent)
+ : parent(std::move(parent)) {}
+
+ std::unique_ptr<TGLocalVarScope> extractParent() {
+ // This is expected to be called just before we are destructed, so
+ // it doesn't much matter what state we leave 'parent' in.
+ return std::move(parent);
+ }
+
+ Init *getVar(StringRef Name) const {
+ auto It = vars.find(Name);
+ if (It != vars.end())
+ return It->second;
+ if (parent)
+ return parent->getVar(Name);
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ bool varAlreadyDefined(StringRef Name) const {
+ // When we check whether a variable is already defined, for the purpose of
+ // reporting an error on redefinition, we don't look up to the parent
+ // scope, because it's all right to shadow an outer definition with an
+ // inner one.
+ return vars.find(Name) != vars.end();
+ }
+
+ void addVar(StringRef Name, Init *I) {
+ bool Ins = vars.insert(std::make_pair(std::string(Name), I)).second;
+ (void)Ins;
+ assert(Ins && "Local variable already exists");
+ }
+};
+
+struct MultiClass {
+ Record Rec; // Placeholder for template args and Name.
+ std::vector<RecordsEntry> Entries;
+
+ void dump() const;
+
+ MultiClass(StringRef Name, SMLoc Loc, RecordKeeper &Records) :
+ Rec(Name, Loc, Records) {}
+};
+
+class TGParser {
+ TGLexer Lex;
+ std::vector<SmallVector<LetRecord, 4>> LetStack;
+ std::map<std::string, std::unique_ptr<MultiClass>> MultiClasses;
+
+ /// Loops - Keep track of any foreach loops we are within.
+ ///
+ std::vector<std::unique_ptr<ForeachLoop>> Loops;
+
+ SmallVector<DefsetRecord *, 2> Defsets;
+
+ /// CurMultiClass - If we are parsing a 'multiclass' definition, this is the
+ /// current value.
+ MultiClass *CurMultiClass;
+
+ /// CurLocalScope - Innermost of the current nested scopes for 'defvar' local
+ /// variables.
+ std::unique_ptr<TGLocalVarScope> CurLocalScope;
+
+ // Record tracker
+ RecordKeeper &Records;
+
+ // A "named boolean" indicating how to parse identifiers. Usually
+ // identifiers map to some existing object but in special cases
+ // (e.g. parsing def names) no such object exists yet because we are
+ // in the middle of creating in. For those situations, allow the
+ // parser to ignore missing object errors.
+ enum IDParseMode {
+ ParseValueMode, // We are parsing a value we expect to look up.
+ ParseNameMode, // We are parsing a name of an object that does not yet
+ // exist.
+ };
+
+ bool NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs = false;
+ bool TrackReferenceLocs = false;
+
+public:
+ TGParser(SourceMgr &SM, ArrayRef<std::string> Macros, RecordKeeper &records,
+ const bool NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs = false,
+ const bool TrackReferenceLocs = false)
+ : Lex(SM, Macros), CurMultiClass(nullptr), Records(records),
+ NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs(NoWarnOnUnusedTemplateArgs),
+ TrackReferenceLocs(TrackReferenceLocs) {}
+
+ /// ParseFile - Main entrypoint for parsing a tblgen file. These parser
+ /// routines return true on error, or false on success.
+ bool ParseFile();
+
+ bool Error(SMLoc L, const Twine &Msg) const {
+ PrintError(L, Msg);
+ return true;
+ }
+ bool TokError(const Twine &Msg) const {
+ return Error(Lex.getLoc(), Msg);
+ }
+ const TGLexer::DependenciesSetTy &getDependencies() const {
+ return Lex.getDependencies();
+ }
+
+ TGLocalVarScope *PushLocalScope() {
+ CurLocalScope = std::make_unique<TGLocalVarScope>(std::move(CurLocalScope));
+ // Returns a pointer to the new scope, so that the caller can pass it back
+ // to PopLocalScope which will check by assertion that the pushes and pops
+ // match up properly.
+ return CurLocalScope.get();
+ }
+ void PopLocalScope(TGLocalVarScope *ExpectedStackTop) {
+ assert(ExpectedStackTop == CurLocalScope.get() &&
+ "Mismatched pushes and pops of local variable scopes");
+ CurLocalScope = CurLocalScope->extractParent();
+ }
+
+private: // Semantic analysis methods.
+ bool AddValue(Record *TheRec, SMLoc Loc, const RecordVal &RV);
+ /// Set the value of a RecordVal within the given record. If `OverrideDefLoc`
+ /// is set, the provided location overrides any existing location of the
+ /// RecordVal.
+ bool SetValue(Record *TheRec, SMLoc Loc, Init *ValName,
+ ArrayRef<unsigned> BitList, Init *V,
+ bool AllowSelfAssignment = false, bool OverrideDefLoc = true);
+ bool AddSubClass(Record *Rec, SubClassReference &SubClass);
+ bool AddSubClass(RecordsEntry &Entry, SubClassReference &SubClass);
+ bool AddSubMultiClass(MultiClass *CurMC,
+ SubMultiClassReference &SubMultiClass);
+
+ using SubstStack = SmallVector<std::pair<Init *, Init *>, 8>;
+
+ bool addEntry(RecordsEntry E);
+ bool resolve(const ForeachLoop &Loop, SubstStack &Stack, bool Final,
+ std::vector<RecordsEntry> *Dest, SMLoc *Loc = nullptr);
+ bool resolve(const std::vector<RecordsEntry> &Source, SubstStack &Substs,
+ bool Final, std::vector<RecordsEntry> *Dest,
+ SMLoc *Loc = nullptr);
+ bool addDefOne(std::unique_ptr<Record> Rec);
+
+private: // Parser methods.
+ bool consume(tgtok::TokKind K);
+ bool ParseObjectList(MultiClass *MC = nullptr);
+ bool ParseObject(MultiClass *MC);
+ bool ParseClass();
+ bool ParseMultiClass();
+ bool ParseDefm(MultiClass *CurMultiClass);
+ bool ParseDef(MultiClass *CurMultiClass);
+ bool ParseDefset();
+ bool ParseDefvar();
+ bool ParseForeach(MultiClass *CurMultiClass);
+ bool ParseIf(MultiClass *CurMultiClass);
+ bool ParseIfBody(MultiClass *CurMultiClass, StringRef Kind);
+ bool ParseAssert(MultiClass *CurMultiClass, Record *CurRec = nullptr);
+ bool ParseTopLevelLet(MultiClass *CurMultiClass);
+ void ParseLetList(SmallVectorImpl<LetRecord> &Result);
+
+ bool ParseObjectBody(Record *CurRec);
+ bool ParseBody(Record *CurRec);
+ bool ParseBodyItem(Record *CurRec);
+
+ bool ParseTemplateArgList(Record *CurRec);
+ Init *ParseDeclaration(Record *CurRec, bool ParsingTemplateArgs);
+ VarInit *ParseForeachDeclaration(Init *&ForeachListValue);
+
+ SubClassReference ParseSubClassReference(Record *CurRec, bool isDefm);
+ SubMultiClassReference ParseSubMultiClassReference(MultiClass *CurMC);
+
+ Init *ParseIDValue(Record *CurRec, StringInit *Name, SMRange NameLoc,
+ IDParseMode Mode = ParseValueMode);
+ Init *ParseSimpleValue(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType = nullptr,
+ IDParseMode Mode = ParseValueMode);
+ Init *ParseValue(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType = nullptr,
+ IDParseMode Mode = ParseValueMode);
+ void ParseValueList(SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Init*> &Result,
+ Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType = nullptr);
+ bool ParseTemplateArgValueList(SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Init *> &Result,
+ Record *CurRec, Record *ArgsRec);
+ void ParseDagArgList(
+ SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<llvm::Init*, StringInit*>> &Result,
+ Record *CurRec);
+ bool ParseOptionalRangeList(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Ranges);
+ bool ParseOptionalBitList(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Ranges);
+ void ParseRangeList(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Result);
+ bool ParseRangePiece(SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Ranges,
+ TypedInit *FirstItem = nullptr);
+ RecTy *ParseType();
+ Init *ParseOperation(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType);
+ Init *ParseOperationSubstr(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType);
+ Init *ParseOperationFind(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType);
+ Init *ParseOperationForEachFilter(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType);
+ Init *ParseOperationCond(Record *CurRec, RecTy *ItemType);
+ RecTy *ParseOperatorType();
+ Init *ParseObjectName(MultiClass *CurMultiClass);
+ Record *ParseClassID();
+ MultiClass *ParseMultiClassID();
+ bool ApplyLetStack(Record *CurRec);
+ bool ApplyLetStack(RecordsEntry &Entry);
+ bool CheckTemplateArgValues(SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Init *> &Values,
+ SMLoc Loc, Record *ArgsRec);
+};
+
+} // end namespace llvm
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackend.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackend.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..252f126d2d00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackend.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+//===- TableGenBackend.cpp - Utilities for TableGen Backends ----*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This file provides useful services for TableGen backends...
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/TableGen/TableGenBackend.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
+#include <cassert>
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+const size_t MAX_LINE_LEN = 80U;
+
+static void printLine(raw_ostream &OS, const Twine &Prefix, char Fill,
+ StringRef Suffix) {
+ size_t Pos = (size_t)OS.tell();
+ assert((Prefix.str().size() + Suffix.size() <= MAX_LINE_LEN) &&
+ "header line exceeds max limit");
+ OS << Prefix;
+ for (size_t i = (size_t)OS.tell() - Pos, e = MAX_LINE_LEN - Suffix.size();
+ i < e; ++i)
+ OS << Fill;
+ OS << Suffix << '\n';
+}
+
+void llvm::emitSourceFileHeader(StringRef Desc, raw_ostream &OS) {
+ printLine(OS, "/*===- TableGen'erated file ", '-', "*- C++ -*-===*\\");
+ StringRef Prefix("|* ");
+ StringRef Suffix(" *|");
+ printLine(OS, Prefix, ' ', Suffix);
+ size_t PSLen = Prefix.size() + Suffix.size();
+ assert(PSLen < MAX_LINE_LEN);
+ size_t Pos = 0U;
+ do {
+ size_t Length = std::min(Desc.size() - Pos, MAX_LINE_LEN - PSLen);
+ printLine(OS, Prefix + Desc.substr(Pos, Length), ' ', Suffix);
+ Pos += Length;
+ } while (Pos < Desc.size());
+ printLine(OS, Prefix, ' ', Suffix);
+ printLine(OS, Prefix + "Automatically generated file, do not edit!", ' ',
+ Suffix);
+ printLine(OS, Prefix, ' ', Suffix);
+ printLine(OS, "\\*===", '-', "===*/");
+ OS << '\n';
+}
diff --git a/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackendSkeleton.cpp b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackendSkeleton.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0ba00c8d8ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/TableGen/TableGenBackendSkeleton.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+//===- SkeletonEmitter.cpp - Skeleton TableGen backend -*- C++ -*-===//
+//
+// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
+// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+//
+// This Tablegen backend emits ...
+//
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMapInfo.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
+#include "llvm/TableGen/TableGenBackend.h"
+
+#define DEBUG_TYPE "skeleton-emitter"
+
+namespace llvm {
+class RecordKeeper;
+class raw_ostream;
+} // namespace llvm
+
+using namespace llvm;
+
+namespace {
+
+// Any helper data structures can be defined here. Some backends use
+// structs to collect information from the records.
+
+class SkeletonEmitter {
+private:
+ RecordKeeper &Records;
+
+public:
+ SkeletonEmitter(RecordKeeper &RK) : Records(RK) {}
+
+ void run(raw_ostream &OS);
+}; // emitter class
+
+} // anonymous namespace
+
+void SkeletonEmitter::run(raw_ostream &OS) {
+ emitSourceFileHeader("Skeleton data structures", OS);
+
+ (void)Records; // To suppress unused variable warning; remove on use.
+}
+
+namespace llvm {
+
+// The only thing that should be in the llvm namespace is the
+// emitter entry point function.
+
+void EmitSkeleton(RecordKeeper &RK, raw_ostream &OS) {
+ // Instantiate the emitter class and invoke run().
+ SkeletonEmitter(RK).run(OS);
+}
+
+} // namespace llvm
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2025-11-01 08:24:35 +0000